US20070225815A1 - Devices and methods for annular repair of intervertebral discs - Google Patents
Devices and methods for annular repair of intervertebral discs Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20070225815A1 US20070225815A1 US11/753,664 US75366407A US2007225815A1 US 20070225815 A1 US20070225815 A1 US 20070225815A1 US 75366407 A US75366407 A US 75366407A US 2007225815 A1 US2007225815 A1 US 2007225815A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- annulus
- stylet
- reinforcement member
- disc
- reinforcement
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 0 CCC[C@@]([C@@](C1)C(C(C)*C)N)C(C)(C)[C@@]2*1(**(C)(C)*CC)[C@@]2C Chemical compound CCC[C@@]([C@@](C1)C(C(C)*C)N)C(C)(C)[C@@]2*1(**(C)(C)*CC)[C@@]2C 0.000 description 3
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/16—Bone cutting, breaking or removal means other than saws, e.g. Osteoclasts; Drills or chisels for bones; Trepans
- A61B17/1662—Bone cutting, breaking or removal means other than saws, e.g. Osteoclasts; Drills or chisels for bones; Trepans for particular parts of the body
- A61B17/1671—Bone cutting, breaking or removal means other than saws, e.g. Osteoclasts; Drills or chisels for bones; Trepans for particular parts of the body for the spine
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/04—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for suturing wounds; Holders or packages for needles or suture materials
- A61B17/0401—Suture anchors, buttons or pledgets, i.e. means for attaching sutures to bone, cartilage or soft tissue; Instruments for applying or removing suture anchors
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/34—Trocars; Puncturing needles
- A61B17/3468—Trocars; Puncturing needles for implanting or removing devices, e.g. prostheses, implants, seeds, wires
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/56—Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor
- A61B17/58—Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor for osteosynthesis, e.g. bone plates, screws, setting implements or the like
- A61B17/88—Osteosynthesis instruments; Methods or means for implanting or extracting internal or external fixation devices
- A61B17/8897—Guide wires or guide pins
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B18/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
- A61B18/04—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by heating
- A61B18/08—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by heating by means of electrically-heated probes
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2/44—Joints for the spine, e.g. vertebrae, spinal discs
- A61F2/442—Intervertebral or spinal discs, e.g. resilient
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2/46—Special tools or methods for implanting or extracting artificial joints, accessories, bone grafts or substitutes, or particular adaptations therefor
- A61F2/4603—Special tools or methods for implanting or extracting artificial joints, accessories, bone grafts or substitutes, or particular adaptations therefor for insertion or extraction of endoprosthetic joints or of accessories thereof
- A61F2/4611—Special tools or methods for implanting or extracting artificial joints, accessories, bone grafts or substitutes, or particular adaptations therefor for insertion or extraction of endoprosthetic joints or of accessories thereof of spinal prostheses
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/34—Trocars; Puncturing needles
- A61B17/3472—Trocars; Puncturing needles for bones, e.g. intraosseus injections
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/56—Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor
- A61B17/58—Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor for osteosynthesis, e.g. bone plates, screws, setting implements or the like
- A61B17/68—Internal fixation devices, including fasteners and spinal fixators, even if a part thereof projects from the skin
- A61B17/84—Fasteners therefor or fasteners being internal fixation devices
- A61B17/842—Flexible wires, bands or straps
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/56—Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor
- A61B17/58—Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor for osteosynthesis, e.g. bone plates, screws, setting implements or the like
- A61B17/68—Internal fixation devices, including fasteners and spinal fixators, even if a part thereof projects from the skin
- A61B17/84—Fasteners therefor or fasteners being internal fixation devices
- A61B17/86—Pins or screws or threaded wires; nuts therefor
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B18/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
- A61B18/04—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by heating
- A61B18/12—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by heating by passing a current through the tissue to be heated, e.g. high-frequency current
- A61B18/14—Probes or electrodes therefor
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B2017/00017—Electrical control of surgical instruments
- A61B2017/00022—Sensing or detecting at the treatment site
- A61B2017/00084—Temperature
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/00234—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for minimally invasive surgery
- A61B2017/00238—Type of minimally invasive operation
- A61B2017/00261—Discectomy
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B2017/00535—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets pneumatically or hydraulically operated
- A61B2017/00557—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets pneumatically or hydraulically operated inflatable
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/04—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for suturing wounds; Holders or packages for needles or suture materials
- A61B17/0401—Suture anchors, buttons or pledgets, i.e. means for attaching sutures to bone, cartilage or soft tissue; Instruments for applying or removing suture anchors
- A61B2017/0409—Instruments for applying suture anchors
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B90/00—Instruments, implements or accessories specially adapted for surgery or diagnosis and not covered by any of the groups A61B1/00 - A61B50/00, e.g. for luxation treatment or for protecting wound edges
- A61B90/03—Automatic limiting or abutting means, e.g. for safety
- A61B2090/037—Automatic limiting or abutting means, e.g. for safety with a frangible part, e.g. by reduced diameter
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2002/30001—Additional features of subject-matter classified in A61F2/28, A61F2/30 and subgroups thereof
- A61F2002/30003—Material related properties of the prosthesis or of a coating on the prosthesis
- A61F2002/3006—Properties of materials and coating materials
- A61F2002/30062—(bio)absorbable, biodegradable, bioerodable, (bio)resorbable, resorptive
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2002/30001—Additional features of subject-matter classified in A61F2/28, A61F2/30 and subgroups thereof
- A61F2002/30003—Material related properties of the prosthesis or of a coating on the prosthesis
- A61F2002/3006—Properties of materials and coating materials
- A61F2002/30092—Properties of materials and coating materials using shape memory or superelastic materials, e.g. nitinol
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2002/30001—Additional features of subject-matter classified in A61F2/28, A61F2/30 and subgroups thereof
- A61F2002/30316—The prosthesis having different structural features at different locations within the same prosthesis; Connections between prosthetic parts; Special structural features of bone or joint prostheses not otherwise provided for
- A61F2002/30535—Special structural features of bone or joint prostheses not otherwise provided for
- A61F2002/30579—Special structural features of bone or joint prostheses not otherwise provided for with mechanically expandable devices, e.g. fixation devices
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2/30767—Special external or bone-contacting surface, e.g. coating for improving bone ingrowth
- A61F2/30771—Special external or bone-contacting surface, e.g. coating for improving bone ingrowth applied in original prostheses, e.g. holes or grooves
- A61F2002/30841—Sharp anchoring protrusions for impaction into the bone, e.g. sharp pins, spikes
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2/44—Joints for the spine, e.g. vertebrae, spinal discs
- A61F2/442—Intervertebral or spinal discs, e.g. resilient
- A61F2002/4435—Support means or repair of the natural disc wall, i.e. annulus, e.g. using plates, membranes or meshes
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2/46—Special tools or methods for implanting or extracting artificial joints, accessories, bone grafts or substitutes, or particular adaptations therefor
- A61F2/4603—Special tools or methods for implanting or extracting artificial joints, accessories, bone grafts or substitutes, or particular adaptations therefor for insertion or extraction of endoprosthetic joints or of accessories thereof
- A61F2002/4625—Special tools or methods for implanting or extracting artificial joints, accessories, bone grafts or substitutes, or particular adaptations therefor for insertion or extraction of endoprosthetic joints or of accessories thereof with relative movement between parts of the instrument during use
- A61F2002/4627—Special tools or methods for implanting or extracting artificial joints, accessories, bone grafts or substitutes, or particular adaptations therefor for insertion or extraction of endoprosthetic joints or of accessories thereof with relative movement between parts of the instrument during use with linear motion along or rotating motion about the instrument axis or the implantation direction, e.g. telescopic, along a guiding rod, screwing inside the instrument
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2210/00—Particular material properties of prostheses classified in groups A61F2/00 - A61F2/26 or A61F2/82 or A61F9/00 or A61F11/00 or subgroups thereof
- A61F2210/0004—Particular material properties of prostheses classified in groups A61F2/00 - A61F2/26 or A61F2/82 or A61F9/00 or A61F11/00 or subgroups thereof bioabsorbable
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2210/00—Particular material properties of prostheses classified in groups A61F2/00 - A61F2/26 or A61F2/82 or A61F9/00 or A61F11/00 or subgroups thereof
- A61F2210/0014—Particular material properties of prostheses classified in groups A61F2/00 - A61F2/26 or A61F2/82 or A61F9/00 or A61F11/00 or subgroups thereof using shape memory or superelastic materials, e.g. nitinol
- A61F2210/0023—Particular material properties of prostheses classified in groups A61F2/00 - A61F2/26 or A61F2/82 or A61F9/00 or A61F11/00 or subgroups thereof using shape memory or superelastic materials, e.g. nitinol operated at different temperatures whilst inside or touching the human body, heated or cooled by external energy source or cold supply
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2310/00—Prostheses classified in A61F2/28 or A61F2/30 - A61F2/44 being constructed from or coated with a particular material
- A61F2310/00005—The prosthesis being constructed from a particular material
- A61F2310/00011—Metals or alloys
- A61F2310/00017—Iron- or Fe-based alloys, e.g. stainless steel
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2310/00—Prostheses classified in A61F2/28 or A61F2/30 - A61F2/44 being constructed from or coated with a particular material
- A61F2310/00005—The prosthesis being constructed from a particular material
- A61F2310/00011—Metals or alloys
- A61F2310/00023—Titanium or titanium-based alloys, e.g. Ti-Ni alloys
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2310/00—Prostheses classified in A61F2/28 or A61F2/30 - A61F2/44 being constructed from or coated with a particular material
- A61F2310/00389—The prosthesis being coated or covered with a particular material
- A61F2310/00976—Coating or prosthesis-covering structure made of proteins or of polypeptides, e.g. of bone morphogenic proteins BMP or of transforming growth factors TGF
Definitions
- the present invention generally relates to devices and methods for the repair of intervertebral discs. Specifically, the present invention relates to devices and methods for the treatment of spinal disorders associated with the annulus of an intervertebral disc.
- LBP lower back pain
- Some forms of back pain are muscular in nature and may be simply treated by rest, posture adjustments and painkillers.
- some forms of lower back pain (LBP) are very common and may be caused by unusual exertion or injury. Unusual exertion such has heavy lifting or strenuous exercise may result in back strain such as a pulled muscle, sprained muscle, sprained ligament, muscle spasm, or a combination thereof. An injury caused by falling down or a blow to the back may cause bruising.
- LBP lower back pain
- LBP lower back pain
- Unusual exertion such has heavy lifting or strenuous exercise may result in back strain such as a pulled muscle, sprained muscle, sprained ligament, muscle spasm, or a combination thereof.
- An injury caused by falling down or a blow to the back may cause bruising.
- These forms of back pain are typically non-chronic and may be self-treated and cured in a few days or weeks.
- non-chronic back pain may be treated by improvements in physical condition, posture and/or work conditions. For example, being pregnant, obese or otherwise significantly overweight may cause LBP. A mattress that does not provide adequate support may cause back pain in the morning. Working in an environment lacking good ergonomic design may also cause back pain. In these instances, the back pain may be cured by eliminating the culprit cause. Whether it is excess body weight, a bad mattress, or a bad office chair, these forms of back pain are readily treated.
- disc related pain a chronic back pain referred to as disc related pain.
- the exact origin of disc related pain is often uncertain, and although some episodes of disc related pain may be eased with conservative treatments such as bed-rest and physical therapy, future episodes of disc related pain are likely to occur periodically.
- DDD degenerative disc disease
- a commonly suspected source of disc related pain is physical impingement of the nerve roots emanating from the spinal cord.
- Such nerve root impingement may have a number of different underlying causes, but nerve root impingement generally results from either a disc protrusion or a narrowing of the intervertebral foramina (which surround the nerve roots).
- the annulus fibrosus of the disc may tear, forming one or more fissures (also referred to as fractures). Such fissures may progress to larger tears which allow the gelatinous material of the nucleus pulposus to flow out of the nucleus and into the outer aspects of the annulus. The flow of the nucleus pulposus to the outer aspects of the annulus may cause a localized bulge.
- the nerve roots When bulging of the annulus occurs in the posterior portions of the disc, the nerve roots may be directly and physically impinged by the bulge. In more extreme or progressed instances of annular tears, the nuclear material may escape, additionally causing chemical irritation of the nerve roots.
- the condition may be referred to as a disc stenosis, a disc bulge, a herniated disc, a prolapsed disc, a ruptured disc, or, if the protrusion separates from the disc, a sequestered disc.
- Dehydration and progressive degeneration of the disc also leads to thinning of the disc.
- the intervertebral foraminae become narrow. Because the nerve roots pass through the intervertebral foraminae, such narrowing may mechanically entrap the nerve roots. This entrapment can cause direct mechanical compression, or may tether the roots, allowing them to be excessively tensioned during body movements.
- Nerve root impingement most often occurs in the lumbar region of the spinal column since the lumbar discs bear significant vertical loads relative to discs in other regions of the spine.
- disc protrusions in the lumbar region typically occur posteriorly because the annulus fibrosus is radially thinner on the posterior side than on the anterior side and because normal posture places more compression on the posterior side.
- Posterior protrusions are particularly problematic since the nerve roots are posteriorly positioned relative to the intervertebral discs.
- Lower back pain due to nerve root irritation not only results in strong pain in the region of the back adjacent the disc, but may also cause sciatica, or pain radiating down one or both legs. Such pain may also be aggravated by such subtle movements as coughing, bending over, or remaining in a sitting position for an extended period of time.
- fissures Another suspected source of disc related back pain is damage and irritation to the small nerve endings which lie in close proximity to or just within the outer aspects of the annulus of the discs.
- the annulus fibrosus may be damaged forming fissures. While these fissures can lead to pain via the mechanisms described above, they may also lead to pain emanating from the small nerve endings in or near the annulus, due to mechanical or chemical irritation at the sites of the fissures.
- the fissures may continue to irritate the small nerve endings, as their presence cause the disc to become structurally weaker, allowing for more localized straining around the fissures. This results in more relative motion of edges of the fissures, increasing mechanical irritation. Because it is believed that these fissures have only limited healing ability once formed, such irritation may only become progressively worse.
- a common treatment for a disc protrusion is discectomy, a procedure wherein the protruding portion of the disc is surgically removed.
- discectomy procedures have an inherent risk since the portion of the disc to be removed is immediately adjacent the nerve root and any damage to the nerve root is clearly undesirable.
- discectomy procedures are not always successful long term because scar tissue may form and/or additional disc material may subsequently protrude from the disc space as the disc deteriorates further.
- the recurrence of a disc protrusion may necessitate a repeat discectomy procedure, along with its inherent clinical risks and less than perfect long term success rate.
- a discectomy procedure at least as a stand-alone procedure, is clearly not an optimal solution.
- Discectomy is also not a viable solution for DDD when no disc protrusion is involved.
- DDD causes the entire disc to degenerate, narrowing of the intervertebral space, and shifting of the load to the facet joints. If the facet joints carry a substantial load, the joints may degrade over time and be a different cause of back pain.
- the narrowed disc space can result in the intervertebral foramina surrounding the nerve roots to directly impinge on one or more nerve roots. Such nerve impingement is very painful and cannot be corrected by a discectomy procedure.
- discectomy does not address pain caused by the fissures which may cause direct mechanical irritation to the small nerve endings near or just within the outer aspect of the annulus of a damaged disc.
- spinal fusion particularly with the assistance of interbody fusion cages, has become a preferred secondary procedure, and in some instances, a preferred primary procedure.
- Spinal fusion involves permanently fusing or fixing adjacent vertebrae.
- Hardware in the form of bars, plates, screws and cages may be utilized in combination with bone graft material to fuse adjacent vertebrae.
- Spinal fusion may be performed as a stand-alone procedure or may be performed in combination with a discectomy procedure.
- spinal fusion procedures are invasive to the disc, risk nerve damage and, depending on the procedural approach, either technically complicated (endoscopic anterior approach), invasive to the bowel (surgical anterior approach), or invasive to the musculature of the back (surgical posterior approach).
- Another procedure that has been less than clinically successful is total disc replacement with a prosthetic disc.
- This procedure is also very invasive to the disc and, depending on the procedural approach, either invasive to the bowel (surgical anterior approach) or invasive to the musculature of the back (surgical posterior approach).
- the procedure may actually complicate matters by creating instability in the spine, and the long term mechanical reliability of prosthetic discs has yet to be demonstrated.
- the present invention addresses this need by providing improved devices and methods for the treatment of spinal disorders.
- the improved devices and methods of the present invention specifically address disc related pain, particularly in the lumbar region, but may have other significant applications not specifically mentioned herein.
- the present invention is discussed in detail with reference to the treatment of damaged discs in the lumbar region of the adult human spinal column.
- the improved devices and methods of the present invention may reduce if not eliminate back pain while maintaining near normal anatomical motion.
- the present invention provides disc reinforcement devices to reinforce a damaged disc, while permitting relative movement of the vertebrae adjacent the damaged disc.
- the devices of the present invention are particularly well suited for minimally invasive methods of implantation.
- the reinforcement devices of the present invention may provide three distinct functions. Firstly, the reinforcement devices may mechanically stabilize and strengthen the disc to minimize if not eliminate chronic irritation of nerve roots and nerves around the periphery of the disc annulus. Secondly, the reinforcement devices may radially and/or circumferentially compress the disc to close fissures, fractures and tears, thereby preventing the ingress of nerves as well as potentially facilitating healing. Thirdly, the reinforcement devices may be used to stabilize the posterior disc after a discectomy procedure in order to reduce the need for re-operation.
- the present invention provides disc reinforcement therapy (DRT) in which a reinforcement member is implanted in the annulus of an intervertebral disc.
- DVT disc reinforcement therapy
- the implantation method may be performed by a percutaneous procedure or by a minimally invasive surgical procedure.
- the present invention provides a number or tools to facilitate percutaneous implantation.
- One or more reinforcement members may be implanted, for example, posteriorly, anteriorly, and/or laterally, and may be oriented circumferentially or radially. As such, the reinforcement members may be used to stabilize the annulus and/or compresses a portion of the annulus so as to reduce a bulge and/or close a fissure.
- the implantable devices and associated delivery tools may incorporate heating capabilities to thermally treat the annular tissue.
- other devices may be specifically employed for such thermal treatment, and such thermal treatment may be applied by a device that is temporarily inserted into the annulus, or the thermal treatment may be applied by a chronically implanted device, either acutely or chronically.
- FIGS. 1A and 1B illustrate left lateral and posterior views, respectively, of a portion of the adult human vertebral (spinal) column;
- FIGS. 2A and 2B illustrate superior (top) views of a healthy disc and a degenerated disc, respectively, and an adjacent vertebral body;
- FIGS. 3A-3F schematically illustrate superior (top) views of reinforcement members disposed in degenerated discs
- FIGS. 4A-4M schematically illustrate various features that may be incorporated into a straight or curved reinforcement member in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention
- FIGS. 5A-5C schematically illustrate a circumferential reinforcement member in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention
- FIGS. 6A-6H schematically illustrate components of a reinforcement member in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention
- FIGS. 7A-7F illustrate tools of the present invention for implanting the reinforcement members shown in FIGS. 3A and 3B in accordance with the method illustrated in FIGS. 8A-8L ;
- FIGS. 8A-8L illustrate a method for implanting the reinforcement members shown in FIGS. 3A and 3B in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention
- FIGS. 9A-9F illustrate tools of the present invention for implanting the reinforcement member shown in FIG. 3C in accordance with the method illustrated in FIGS. 10A-10H ;
- FIGS. 10A-10H illustrate a method for implanting the reinforcement member shown in FIG. 3C in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention
- FIGS. 11A-11H illustrate a method for implanting the reinforcement member shown in FIG. 3D in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention
- FIGS. 12A-12G and 13 - 15 illustrate various tools of the present invention for implanting the reinforcement member shown in FIGS. 3E and 3F in accordance with the method illustrated in FIGS. 18A-18L ;
- FIGS. 16A-16E illustrate a column support and advancement device for use with the tools illustrated in FIGS. 12A-12G and 13 ;
- FIGS. 17A-17D illustrate an alternative column support and advancement device for use with the tools illustrated in FIGS. 12A-12G and 13 ;
- FIGS. 18A-18L illustrate a method for implanting the reinforcement member shown in FIGS. 3E and 3F in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention
- FIGS. 19A-19F illustrate various possible implant orientations of the reinforcement member shown in FIGS. 3E and 3F ;
- FIGS. 20A-20J illustrate steps for implanting a self-expanding reinforcement member
- FIGS. 20K-20L illustrate steps for implanting an inflatable reinforcement member
- FIGS. 20M-20R illustrate steps for implanting a reinforcement bar
- FIGS. 21A-21C illustrate a reinforcement member in accordance with an alternative embodiment of the present invention
- FIGS. 22A-22D illustrate a reinforcement member in accordance with yet another alternative embodiment of the present invention.
- FIGS. 23A and 23B illustrate an alternative method for implanting a variation of the reinforcement member shown in FIG. 20J in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention
- FIGS. 24A-24E illustrate various tools of the present invention for implanting a reinforcement member in accordance with the method illustrated in FIGS. 25A-25J ;
- FIGS. 25A-25J illustrate an alternative method for implanting a reinforcement member in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention
- FIGS. 26A-26G illustrate various tools of the present invention for implanting a reinforcement member in accordance with the method illustrated in FIGS. 27A-27H ;
- FIGS. 27A-27H illustrate an alternative method for implanting a reinforcement member in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIGS. 28A-28C illustrate various heating probes of the present invention for temporarily heating annular tissue.
- FIGS. 1A and 1B the lower portion of an adult human vertebral column 10 is illustrated in left lateral and posterior views, respectively.
- the upper portion of the vertebral column 10 includes the thoracic region and the cervical region, which are not shown for purposes of simplified illustration only.
- the lower portion of the vertebral column 10 includes the lumbar region 12 , the sacrum 14 and the coccyx 16 .
- the sacrum 14 and the coccyx 16 are sometimes collectively referred to as the pelvic curvature.
- the vertebral column 10 includes an axis of curvature 60 which generally forms a double-S shape when viewed laterally.
- the vertebral column 10 also includes a median plane 70 which is a sagittal plane bisecting the vertebral column 10 into symmetrical left lateral and right lateral portions. In posterior views, the median plane 70 appears as a line.
- the lumbar region 12 of the vertebral column 10 includes five (5) vertebrae 20 (labeled L 1 , L 2 , L 3 , L 4 and L 5 ) separated by intervertebral discs 50 .
- the sacrum 14 which includes five (5) fused vertebrae 30 (superior vertebra 30 labeled S 1 ), is separated by a single disc 50 from the coccyx 16 , which includes four (4) fused vertebrae 40 .
- the intervertebral discs 50 may be referenced by their respective adjacent vertebrae.
- the disc 50 between the L 4 and L 5 lumbar vertebrae 20 may be referred to as the L 4 L 5 disc.
- the disc 50 between the L 5 lumbar vertebra 20 and the S 1 sacral vertebra 30 may be referred to as the L 5 S 1 disc.
- each vertebra 20 / 30 / 40 is a unique and irregular bone structure
- the vertebrae 20 of the lumbar region 12 (in addition to the thoracic and cervical regions) have common structures.
- Each vertebra 20 of the lumbar region 12 generally includes a body portion 21 and a vertebral arch portion 22 / 23 which encloses the vertebral foramen (not visible) in which the spinal cord is disposed.
- the vertebral arch 22 / 23 includes two pedicles 22 and two laminae 23 .
- a spinous process 24 extends posteriorly from the juncture of the two laminae 23
- two transverse processes 25 extend laterally from each lamina 23 .
- Four articular processes 26 / 27 extend inferiorly 26 and superiorly 27 from the laminae 23 .
- the inferior articular process 26 rests in the superior articular process 27 of the adjacent vertebra to form a facet joint 28 .
- the five (5) vertebrae 30 of the sacrum 14 are fused together to form a single rigid structure.
- the sacrum 14 includes a median sacral crest 31 which roughly corresponds to the spinous processes of the vertebrae 30 , and two intermediate sacral crests 32 which roughly correspond to the articular processes of the vertebrae 30 .
- the sacral laminae 33 are disposed between the median 31 and intermediate 32 sacral crests.
- Two lateral sacral crests 34 are disposed on either side of the sacral foraminae 35 .
- the sacrum 14 also includes a pair of sacral wings 36 which define auricular surfaces 39 .
- the superior (S 1 ) sacral vertebra 30 includes two superior articular processes 37 which engage the inferior articular processes 26 of the L 5 lumber vertebra 20 to form a facet joint, and the base 38 of the superior sacral vertebra S 1 is joined to the L 5 S 1 disc 50 .
- each intervertebral disc 50 includes an annulus fibrosus 52 surrounding a nucleus pulposus 54 .
- the posterior annulus 52 is generally thinner than the anterior annulus 52 , which may account for the higher incidence of posterior disc protrusions.
- the annulus fibrosus 52 comprises about 60% of the total disc 50 cross-sectional area, and the nucleus pulposus 54 only comprises about 40% of the total disc 50 cross-sectional area.
- the annulus fibrosus 52 comprises 40-60% organized collagen in the form of a laminated structure.
- the nucleus pulposus 54 comprises 18-30% collagen in the form of a relatively homogenous gel.
- each intervertebral disc 50 forms one support point and the facet joints 28 form two support points of what may be characterized as a three point support structure between adjacent vertebrae 20 .
- the facet joints 28 are substantially vertical, leaving the disc 50 to carry the vast majority of the load.
- the nucleus 54 bears the majority of the load. This belief is based on the theory that the disc 50 behaves much like a balloon or tire, wherein the annulus 22 merely serves to contain the pressurized nucleus 54 , and the nucleus 54 bears all the load.
- annulus fibrosus 52 comprises 60% of the total disc 50 cross-sectional area and is made of 40-60% organized collagen in the form of a laminated structure.
- nucleus pulposus 54 only comprises 40% of the total disc 50 cross-section and is made of 18-30% collagen in the form of a relatively homogenous gel.
- annulus fibrosus 52 is the primary load bearing portion of the disc 50 .
- the intervertebral discs 50 become progressively dehydrated and malnourished with age.
- the disc begins to degenerate.
- the annulus fibrosus of the disc may tear, forming one or more radial fissures 56 or circumferential fissures 58 , which may progress to larger tears. Larger tears may allow the gelatinous material of the nucleus pulposus 54 to flow out of the nucleus and into the outer aspects of the annulus 52 .
- the flow of the nucleus pulposus 54 to the outer aspects of the annulus 52 may cause a localized bulge 60 .
- a posterior bulge 60 may result in direct impingement of a nerve root (not shown). Nuclear material that escapes through an advanced tear may cause further mechanical irritation and additionally cause chemical irritation of a nerve root.
- a nerve root may also be compressed or tethered by a narrowing of the intervertebral foraminae, resulting from a loss in disc height caused by sustained degeneration of the disc 50 .
- Small nerve endings (not shown) in or near the perimeter of the annulus 52 may also be mechanically or chemically irritated at the sites of the fissures 56 / 58 . In all cases, degeneration of the disc eventually leads to disc related pain of some origin.
- FIGS. 3A-3F schematically illustrate reinforcement members 100 / 200 / 300 / 600 implanted in a degenerated disc 50 .
- the reinforcement members 100 / 200 / 300 / 600 mechanically stabilize and strengthen the disc 50 to minimize if not eliminate chronic irritation of nerve roots and nerves around the periphery of the disc annulus 52 .
- the reinforcement members 100 / 200 / 300 / 600 also radially and/or circumferentially compress the disc 50 to close fissures 56 / 58 , thereby preventing the ingress of nerves and potentially facilitating healing.
- the reinforcement members 100 / 200 / 300 / 600 may further be used to stabilize the posterior portion of the disc 50 after a discectomy procedure in order to reduce the need for re-operation.
- FIGS. 3A-3F show examples of where the reinforcement members 100 / 200 / 300 / 600 may be implanted in the annulus 52 .
- the reinforcement members 100 / 200 / 300 / 600 may be implanted in any portion of the annulus 52 including, without limitation, the posterior, anterior or lateral portions thereof. Because most disc related pain is associated with damage to the posterior portion of the disc 50 , the reinforcement members 100 / 200 / 300 / 600 preferably provide support to the posterior portion of the annulus 52 and establish anchor points in the lateral and anterior portions of the annulus 52 , or completely encircle the annulus 52 .
- the reinforcement members 100 / 200 / 300 / 600 may be used individually as shown in FIGS. 3 A and 3 C- 3 F, or in combination as shown in FIG. 3B . Although not shown, any combination of the different types of reinforcement members 100 / 200 / 300 / 600 may be utilized.
- the reinforcement members 100 / 200 / 300 / 600 may be oriented generally parallel to the periphery of the annulus 52 (e.g., reinforcement members 100 A, 100 C, 200 , 300 , 600 ), generally radial to the annulus 52 (e.g., reinforcement member 100 B), or any other orientation suitable for stabilizing and/or compressing the desired portion(s) of the annulus 52 .
- the closer the reinforcement members 100 / 200 / 300 / 600 are to the periphery of the annulus 52 the greater the amount of support and stabilization provided to the disc 50 .
- the reinforcement members 100 / 200 / 300 / 600 preferably have a curvature conforming to the periphery of the annulus 52 such that they may be implanted as close to the periphery of the annulus 52 as possible.
- the reinforcement members 100 / 200 / 300 / 600 may have such a curvature in the relaxed (zero stress) state, or the curvature may be imparted by the insertion path or defined by the insertion tools used.
- the reinforcement members 100 / 200 / 300 / 600 may extend across and close fissures 56 / 58 as shown, or any other portion of the annulus 52 to provide compression and stabilization of the disc 50 . Although not shown, the reinforcement members 100 / 200 / 300 / 600 may extend across or into the nucleus 54 . In such a case, it is preferred that the reinforcement members 100 / 200 / 300 / 600 do not extend outside the periphery of the annulus 52 in order to reduce the probability of nuclear material escaping from the outer aspects of the annulus 52 .
- the reinforcement members 100 / 200 / 300 / 600 are sized to fit within the annulus 52 of a human disc 50 .
- the collective diameter and length of the reinforcement members 100 / 200 / 300 / 600 implanted preferably does not exceed the height and circumference/diameter, respectively, of the annulus 52 , depending on the number and orientation of the reinforcement members 100 / 200 / 300 / 600 implanted.
- the reinforcement members 100 / 200 / 300 / 600 may be made of a biocompatible material or coated with a biocompatible material. Suitable structural materials for the reinforcement members 100 / 200 / 300 / 600 include stainless steel and super elastic alloys such as nickel titanium.
- All or a portion of the reinforcement members 100 / 200 / 300 / 600 may be made of biodegradable or bioabsorbable material such as resorbable collagen, LPLA (poly(l-lactide)), DLPLA (poly(dl-lactide)), LPLA-DLPLA, PGA (polyglycolide), PGA-LPLA or PGA-DLPLA.
- LPLA poly(l-lactide)
- DLPLA poly(dl-lactide)
- LPLA-DLPLA LPLA-DLPLA
- PGA polyglycolide
- Other metals, alloys, polymers, and composites having suitable tensile, compression and fatigue strength and elasticity may also be used.
- the reinforcement members 100 / 200 / 300 / 600 may further include growth factors to facilitate healing, agents which render nuclear matter inert or otherwise reduce chemical irritation thereof, and/or anesthetic agents to reduce nerve signal transmission (i.e., pain).
- Reinforcement member 600 is adapted to completely encircle the annulus 52 to thereby apply uniform compressive forces about the periphery of the annulus 52 .
- the reinforcement member 600 has opposing ends which are secured together by a permanent connection 610 such as a knot as seen in FIG. 3E .
- a pledget 750 may be employed as illustrated in FIG. 3F and as discussed in more detail hereinafter.
- Reinforcement member 600 may substantially reside within the confines of the annulus 52 , with the connection 610 and optional pledget 750 residing within or immediately outside the confines of the annulus 52 .
- reinforcement member 600 is shown within the outer aspect of the annulus 52 , it is also contemplated that all or portions of reinforcement member 600 may be implanted outside the annulus 52 .
- reinforcement member 600 may be placed in the tissue plane between the outside of the annulus 52 and external connective tissues (not shown).
- the reinforcement member 600 may comprise a monofilament or multifilament structure that resists elongation in tension, but is otherwise very flexible.
- the reinforcement member 600 may comprise a polymeric or metallic fiber, cable, thread, suture, wire, ribbon, or the like.
- Suitable materials for the circumferential reinforcement member 600 include, but are not limited to, commercially available suture materials used in a variety of surgical procedures.
- Such exemplary suture materials include biodegradable suture made from polylactic acid and polyglycolic acid, and non-degradable materials such as monofilament and braided polypropylene and polyester (PET).
- PET polypropylene and polyester
- Another suitable non-degradable suture material is made from expanded polytetrafluoroethylene (ePTFE).
- circumferential reinforcement member 600 Other materials which are suitable for the circumferential reinforcement member 600 include braided ultra-high molecular weight fibers of polyethylene (UHMWPE), commercially available as SpectraTM or DyneemaTM, as well as other high tensile strength materials such as VectranTM, KevlarTM, and natural or artificially produced silk.
- UHMWPE polyethylene
- SpectraTM polyethylene
- DyneemaTM polyethylene
- VectranTM VectranTM
- KevlarTM KevlarTM
- natural or artificially produced silk natural or artificially produced silk.
- the reinforcement member 100 / 200 / 300 / 600 may be designed for temporary heating (post-implantation) to cause thermal changes to the annulus. Because the annulus is comprised of overlapping bands of oriented collagen which tend to shrink in the direction of orientation when heated to temperatures of 50 to 90 degrees centigrade, temporarily heating the reinforcement member 100 / 200 / 300 / 600 causes thermal reformation of the annulus. In addition, annular defects such as fissures and tears can refuse, particularly if the edges are brought into apposition prior to or during the heating step.
- Such annular defects may be closed (i.e., edges brought into apposition) by compression imparted by the reinforcement member 100 / 200 / 300 / 600 during implantation or by collagen shrinkage imparted by heating the reinforcement member 100 / 200 / 300 / 600 .
- the reinforcement member 100 / 200 / 300 / 600 may be heated by inducing heat in the material of the reinforcement member 100 / 200 / 300 / 600 or by incorporating one or more heating elements into the reinforcement member 100 / 200 / 300 / 600 .
- a source of electric or magnetic power e.g., electric power supply, magnetic field generator, RF transmitter, etc.
- Such a power source may be directly or remotely connected to the reinforcement member 100 / 200 / 300 / 600 .
- the reinforcement members 100 / 200 / 300 / 600 may include resistive heating elements directly connected to an internal (implanted) power supply or directly connected (transdermal) to an external electric power supply.
- the resistive heating elements may be connected to an implanted receiving antenna which receives a power signal from a remote external power signal transmitting antenna.
- the reinforcement member 100 / 200 / 300 / 600 may be heated by remote inductive heating via an external alternating magnetic field generator. Because significant portions of the reinforcement member 100 / 200 / 300 / 600 may comprise a conductive metallic material, the presence of an alternating magnetic field will inductively heat the reinforcement member 100 / 200 / 300 / 600 . Further aspects of these and other heated reinforcement member 100 / 200 / 300 / 600 embodiments are discussed in more detail with reference to FIGS. 4H-4M .
- various visualization techniques may be used to facilitate implantation of the reinforcement members 100 / 200 / 300 / 600 .
- real time CT scanning real time MR imaging, or a combination of preoperative CT or MR images superimposed onto a real time device tracking images
- STEALTHTM available from Sofamor Danek.
- FIGS. 4A-4K illustrate various embodiments of the reinforcement member 100 in accordance with the present invention.
- the embodiments of FIGS. 4A-4K illustrate various features which may be combined in any way to provide the desired reinforcement member 100 .
- Reinforcement member 100 may be sized and oriented as shown and discussed with reference to FIGS. 3A and 3B .
- Reinforcement member 100 includes a body portion 110 and an anchor 120 .
- the anchor 120 serves to immobilize or limit movement of the reinforcement member 100 relative to the annulus 52 .
- the anchor is in the form of threads 122 disposed about the periphery of the body portion 110 , which behave like threads on a screw and engage the annulus 52 upon rotation therein.
- the proximal end of the body 110 may include slots 116 as shown in FIG. 4C , which is an end view taken along line 4 C- 4 C in FIG. 4A .
- the slots 116 or any other suitable mating geometry, facilitate rotation with a driver having a mating distal end.
- the anchor 120 is in the form of sloped rings 124 spaced along the length of the body portion 110 , which behave like rings on a ring-shank nail to engage the annulus 52 upon pushing therein.
- other anchor 120 mechanisms such as barbs, expandable anchors, etc. may also be used.
- the anchor 120 may extend the full length of the body portion 110 as shown in FIGS. 4A and 4F , or may be disposed only on proximal and distal portions of the body as shown in FIGS. 4D and 4E .
- the body portion 110 may be tubular defining a lumen 112 extending therethrough as shown in FIG. 4B , which is a cross-sectional view taken along line 4 B- 4 B in FIG. 4A .
- the lumen 112 facilitates advancement of the reinforcement member 100 over a stylet to facilitate insertion into the annulus 52 , as will be discussed in greater detail hereinafter.
- the body portion 110 may have a solid cross-section as shown in FIG.
- the solid cross-section body portion 110 may include a sharpened distal tip 114 as shown in FIG. 4F to facilitate insertion into the annulus 52 .
- the threads 122 have a variable pitch such that the annulus is compressed as the reinforcement member 100 is rotated and advanced into the annulus 52 .
- Variable pitch threads 122 as shown in FIGS. 4A, 4D and 4 F, generally have a larger pitch at the distal end of the body 110 and a smaller pitch at the proximal end of the body 110 .
- the larger pitch distal threads 122 pull the annular tissue 52 a greater distance per revolution than the smaller pitch proximal threads 122 .
- the distal threads pull the annular tissue together and the proximal threads hold the tissue in place thereby compressing the annulus 52 .
- the disc 50 is mechanically stabilized and the fissures 56 / 58 are closed to facilitated healing.
- variable pitch threads 122 are currently preferred.
- standard constant pitch threads 122 and tapered rings 124 may achieve compression by utilizing a step-wise advancement and tension technique as will be described in more detail hereinafter.
- FIG. 4H illustrates a generic reinforcement member 100 including body portion 110 , anchors 120 (not shown for sake of clarity) and heating element 140 in the form of a resistive wire.
- FIG. 4I is a cross-sectional view taken along line 41 - 41 in FIG. 4H .
- Resistive wire 140 may be helically wound on the outer surface of the body 110 , the inner surface of the body 110 , or in the wall of the body 110 .
- Preferably resistance wire 140 is helically incorporated into the wall of the body portion 110 at the time of fabrication, for example by insert/injection molding.
- Resistance wire 140 may helically traverse the length of the body 110 in one pitch direction, then traverses back in the opposite direction in an opposite pitch direction. In this manner, a single wire traverses the length of the body 110 , but has two ends at the proximal end of the body 110 available for connection to an electrical power source or receiving antenna.
- Resistance wire 140 is conductive, but offers a high enough resistance to heat during the application of electrical current.
- the wire may be made of a variety of conductive metals, including copper, tungsten, platinum, or gold, and may be covered/coated with a biocompatible material.
- the resistance wire 140 is formed of a biocompatible metal, but this is not essential as long as direct tissue exposure is avoided such as when a biocompatible covering/coating is used or when the wire 140 is embedded in the wall of body 110 .
- the body 110 or covering is preferably made of a material which can withstand elevated temperatures, preferably of a high temperature polymer such as Polyimide, PTFE, Kynar, or PEEK.
- Electrification of resistance wire 140 may be accomplished by initially incorporating a pair of releasable low resistance lead wires 142 to the ends of the resistance wire 140 , as shown in FIG. 4H .
- the lead wires 142 are passed through or reside alongside driver 440 during the advancement of reinforcement member 100 as described with reference FIGS. 8A-8L . If they are passed through the driver 440 , the driver must be hollow.
- the lead wires 142 are connected to a power source 146 , which delivers electrical current to the reinforcement member 100 , causing it and the surrounding tissue to heat to a desired temperature for a desired period of time.
- the temperature of the resistance wire 140 may be monitored by measuring the current demand from the power source 146 or by positioning a thermocouple (not shown) adjacent the proximal end of the reinforcement member 100 .
- the releasable leads 142 are removed from the resistance wires 140 utilizing releasable connection 141 . Removal of the releasable leads 142 may be accommodated by providing a low tensile strength connection which separates by pulling, or by providing a fusible metal strip connection which separates by applying electric current above a threshold value. Such a fusible metal strip connection may also serve to self-limit the degree to which the reinforcement member is heated.
- the leads 142 are not removable, but stay attached to the resistive wires 140 and reinforcement member 100 , as illustrated in FIG. 4J .
- the leads 142 are attached to an implantable receiver antenna such as conductive wire coil 144 .
- the receiver coil 144 may be incorporated into a housing 145 having a flat disc shape which is subcutaneously positioned adjacent the access site. Since the lead wires 142 and the receiver coil 144 are implanted within the body, the housing 145 and the lead wires 142 are preferably encased in a biocompatible and stable material, for example silicone rubber.
- FIG. 4K illustrates an example of a suitable implant position for the receiver coil 144 , relative to the vertebral column 10 , preferably adjacent the lumbar disc being treated.
- the receiver coil 144 and housing 145 are oriented parallel to the surface of the skin, and the access site is then closed.
- a similarly shaped transmitting coil 148 is placed on the skin surface, adjacent and overlapping the subcutaneous receiver coil 144 .
- the transmitting coil 148 is connected to a power source 146 and associated transmission circuit.
- an alternating current is delivered to the transmitting coil 148 , a corresponding alternating current is generated in the receiving coil 144 , which in turn causes the resistance wire 140 and the reinforcement member 100 to heat.
- this resistive heating method is that the heating procedure can be repeated multiple times, without the need for reoperation or any other invasive procedure.
- the patient may have the implanted reinforcement member(s) 100 heated upon initial implantation, and have them re-heated at any such time as back pain may recur.
- One of the mechanisms by which heat is believed to minimize back pain is by the destruction of nerve endings at the periphery of the annulus. However, new nerve endings may permeate the annulus, necessitating a subsequent heating to return the patient to a pain-free state.
- a transdermal plug 149 may be used to establish direct connection between the leads 142 and the power source 146 .
- the plug 129 includes an internal implantable portion and an external portion. To facilitate immediate heating of the reinforcement member 100 , the internal and external portions of the plug 129 may be connected just after implantation of the reinforcement member 100 , but prior to closing the access site. The internal portion of the plug 129 is then positioned just below the skin and the access site is closed. To facilitate post-operative heating, a small incision may be made in the skin to connect the internal and external portions of the plug 129 .
- An alternate method of heating reinforcement member 100 and surrounding annular tissue is the use of inductive heating.
- Inductive heating is used in many industrial and some medical applications. Essentially, a high frequency alternating magnetic field is oriented on the object to be heated. The alternating magnetic field causes eddy currents in the object to be heated. These eddy currents then cause ohmic heating. As long as the object to be heated is conductive, usually metallic, it may be inductively heated.
- reinforcement member 100 is fabricated of a conductive metal, such as stainless steel, carbon steel, MP35N, nickel titanium alloy, or tungsten.
- a conductive metal such as stainless steel, carbon steel, MP35N, nickel titanium alloy, or tungsten.
- the choice of material will influence the parameters needed for the inducting power source.
- the entire body 110 is fabricated of the conductive metal.
- the inductor may include a power source 152 coupled by leads 154 to a coil 150 which generates a large alternating magnetic field.
- the coil 150 may have a long tubular shape, inside which the patient resides during heating, or may be of a smaller size (as illustrated) which is oriented toward the reinforcement member 100 .
- the main parameters which need to be adjusted to result in a desired heating of the reinforcement member 100 are the frequency and amplitude of the alternating magnetic field. Typical frequencies will range from about 10 kHz to 10 MHz. Inductive heating also has the advantage of allowing for multiple subsequent heating treatments for the patient, should back pain recur.
- the reinforcement member 100 is preferably a permanently implanted device, the incorporation of temporary heating immediately or shortly after implantation allows for the possibility of temporary implantation. In this usage of reinforcement member 100 , it is implanted using the methods and tools described in further detail below. But, once fully implanted, a transient heating step is performed. Because the reinforcement member causes the annular tissue to compress circumferentially and/or radially, the heating is particularly effective at remodeling the annular tissue to a more normal, pre-degenerated condition. Therefore, it may not be necessary to keep the reinforcement member implanted.
- the reinforcement member 100 can be removed by essentially reversing the implantation steps. In order to facilitate removal following heating, it is desirable to provide a lubricious coating such as a hydropholic polymer or PTFE coating on the surface of the reinforcement member 100 , including the body 110 and anchor 120 .
- FIGS. 5A-5C schematically illustrate a circumferential reinforcement member 200 , which is generally the same as reinforcement member 100 except as described herein.
- FIG. 5B is a cross-sectional view taken along line 5 B- 5 B in FIG. 5A
- FIG. 5C is an end view taken along line 5 C- 5 C in FIG. 5A .
- the circumferential reinforcement member 200 includes a tubular body 210 defining a lumen 212 to facilitate advancement over a stylet.
- the circumferential reinforcement member 200 also includes an anchor 220 , preferably in the form of variable pitch threads 222 .
- the proximal end of the body 210 the may include slots 216 or other suitable mating geometry to facilitate rotation by a driver having a mating distal end. Any of the variants of reinforcement member 100 discussed with reference to FIGS. 4A-4G may be applied to circumferential reinforcement member 200 .
- the circumferential reinforcement member 200 may have a geometry (e.g., circle, ellipse, oval, etc.) corresponding to the geometry of the outer aspects of a healthy annulus 52 , or the member 200 may be naturally straight, taking on a curved shape during implantation. Because the circumferential reinforcement member 200 is implanted in the annulus 52 around the entire periphery thereof, the reinforcement member maximizes anchoring strength and provides superior stabilization around the entire disc 50 . Thus, it is preferable that the reinforcement member 200 define a closed geometry once implanted, or even have overlapping ends, but an open geometry (e.g., semi-ellipse or semi-circle) may also be employed. The size and shape of the reinforcement member 200 may be pre-selected to accommodate anatomical variations of the annulus 52 between patients. The reinforcement member may have a relaxed size that is smaller than the implanted size such that additional radial and circumferential compression is achieved.
- a geometry e.g., circle, ellipse, oval, etc.
- Circumferential reinforcement member 200 may further incorporate design features which allow for temporary heating. As described in connection with reinforcement 100 above, similar features which allow for resistive heating or inductive heating may be incorporated.
- FIGS. 6A-6H schematically illustrate reinforcement member 300 , including a pair of tubular pins 310 , two screws 320 and two connecting rings 330 which may be assembled as shown in FIG. 6F .
- each of the tubular pins 310 includes a shaft portion 312 , a head portion 314 and a connection mechanism 318 .
- the shaft 312 is sized to fit within a hole of the connection ring 330 and the head 314 is sized larger than the same hole.
- the connection mechanism 318 may comprises a threaded shaft insertable into a threaded hole as shown, or any other known mechanical releasable connection that maintains the profile of the shaft portion 312 . As seen in FIG.
- the shaft portion 312 includes a lumen 313 to facilitate advancement over a stylet.
- the heads 314 may each include a slot 316 as seen in FIG. 6C , which is an end view taken along line 6 C- 6 C in FIG. 6A , or other suitable geometry to mate with a distal end of a driver to facilitate rotation of the pins 310 to screw the releasable connection together.
- the screws 320 include a shaft 322 , a head 324 , threads 328 and a sharpened tip 323 as seen in FIG. 6D .
- the screws 320 may comprise a wide variety of orthopedic screw designs, particularly those suitable for implantation into cartilage and other collagen-based tissues.
- the shaft 322 and threads 326 are sized to fit within a hole of the connection ring 330 and the head 324 is sized larger than the same hole.
- the head 324 includes slots 326 as seen in FIG. 6E , which is an end view taken along line 6 E- 6 E in FIG. 6D , or other suitable mating geometry to facilitate rotation by a driver having a mating distal end.
- connection rings 330 each have first and second rings 331 / 333 defining first and second holes 332 / 334 as shown in FIG. 6F .
- the first hole 332 is sized to provide a sliding fit about the shaft 312 of the pins 310 and the second hole is sized to provide a sliding fit about the shaft 322 and threads 326 of the screws 320 .
- each of the connection rings 330 also define an angle 336 between the rings 331 / 333 to accommodate the implanted arrangement as shown in FIG. 6H .
- reinforcement member 300 can also incorporated features to provide for temporary heating.
- tubular pins 310 can incorporate resistive wire, or can be fabricated of a conductive metallic material, in a manner similar to that described for reinforcement members 100 or 200 above.
- the tools 410 , 420 , 430 and 440 may be used to implant the reinforcement members 100 discussed above.
- the tools include a rigid, sharpened, hollow trocar 410 as shown in FIG. 7A , a semi-rigid, sharpened, hollow curved needle 420 as shown in FIG. 7B , a sharpened curved stylet 430 as shown in FIG. 7C , and a hollow driver 440 as shown in FIG. 7D .
- the sharpened stylet 430 fits into the semi-rigid needle 420 which fits into the rigid trocar 410 .
- the sharpened stylet 430 fits into the hollow driver 440 which fits into the rigid trocar 410 .
- the rigid hollow trocar 410 includes a hollow shaft 412 and a grip or handle 414 .
- the shaft 412 includes a sharpened tip 413 to facilitate passage through the skin and back muscles, and insertion into the annulus 52 .
- the shaft 412 is preferably made of a rigid metal such as a stainless steel hypodermic tube.
- the grip 414 may comprise a polymer and may be formed by insert injection molding with the shaft 412 inserted into the mold.
- the semi-rigid curved needle 420 includes a hollow shaft 422 a hub 424 .
- the shaft 422 which includes a sharpened tip 423 , is longer than the rigid trocar 410 and has an outside diameter sufficiently small to fit into the rigid trocar 410 .
- the shaft 422 is preferably made of a semi-rigid polymer or composite.
- the shaft 422 includes a curved distal portion 426 that may be straightened (shown in phantom) upon insertion of the semi-rigid needle 420 into the lumen of the rigid trocar 410 .
- the hub 424 may include a fitting 425 to facilitate connection to a fluid source or a pressure source (e.g., a syringe).
- the sharpened curved stylet 430 includes a flexible shaft 432 and a sharpened distal end 433 .
- the distal tip 433 may optionally include an anchor 435 such as threads, tapered rings or barbs to facilitate the step-wise advancement and tension technique as will be described in detail hereinafter. If threads are used for the anchor 435 , the curvature 434 of the distal portion of the shaft 432 may be eliminated to facilitate efficient torque transfer.
- the shaft 432 includes a curve 434 which approximates the curvature and diameter of the outer aspects of the annulus where the reinforcement member 100 is to be implanted.
- the shaft 432 is longer than the both the rigid trocar 410 and the semi-rigid needle 420 , and may have a length on the order of 10 to 60 cm.
- the shaft 432 also has an outside diameter sufficiently small to fit into the semi-rigid needle 420 .
- the shaft 422 preferably has a flexible but pushable construction incorporating a rigid metal such as stainless steel, or super-elastic nickel-titanium alloy.
- the sharpened stylet 430 is preferably highly elastic, to resist permanent set upon insertion into the curved portion 426 of the semi-rigid needle 420 .
- the hollow driver 440 includes a hollow shaft 442 and a grip or handle 444 .
- the distal end of the hollow shaft 442 includes a tip 446 defining a geometry which mates with an end of the reinforcement member 100 to facilitate rotation thereof during implantation.
- the shaft 442 is preferably made of a torsionally rigid metal such as a stainless tool steel.
- the grip 444 may comprise a polymer and may be formed by insert injection molding with the shaft 442 inserted into the mold.
- FIGS. 8A-8L With general reference to FIGS. 8A-8L , the steps for implanting reinforcement member 100 are illustrated. It should be understood that the procedure for implanting a single member 100 in the posterior portion of the annulus 52 is shown for purposes of illustration, not limitation. All of the variables with regard to quantity, location, orientation, etc. discussed previously may be implemented by varying the generic procedure described hereinafter.
- the method illustrated in FIGS. 8A-8L is a percutaneous procedure in which access to the disc 50 is achieved utilizing a number of small diameter tools which may be inserted through a patient's back (skin and back muscles), between adjacent vertebrae, and into the patient's disc 50 .
- This percutaneous method minimizes the invasiveness of the procedure thereby reducing procedure time, procedure cost, postoperative pain and recovery time.
- the rigid trocar 410 is positioned for insertion into the disc 50 as in a conventional discogram procedure.
- the rigid trocar 410 is advanced until the distal tip 413 of the trocar 410 is proximate the outer periphery of the posterior portion of the annulus 52 as seen in FIG. 8B .
- the curved portion 426 of the semi-rigid needle 420 is straightened for insertion into the trocar 410 as shown in FIG. 8C .
- the semi-rigid needle 420 (alone or with stylet 430 ) is advanced relative to the rigid trocar 410 until the curved portion 426 of the semi-rigid needle exits the distal tip 413 of the rigid trocar 410 and the desired amount of curvature is established, as seen in FIG. 8D .
- the curved portion 426 may be advanced until the tip 423 is roughly parallel to the posterior curvature of the annulus 52 .
- the sharpened stylet 430 is then positioned for insertion into the semi-rigid needle 420 as shown in FIG. 8E .
- the sharpened stylet 430 is advanced relative to the semi-rigid needle 420 until the distal tip 433 of the stylet 430 extends across radial fissures 56 , as shown in FIG. 8F .
- the semi-rigid curved needle 420 is removed from the stylet 430 and trocar 410 , and the reinforcement member 100 is positioned for advancement over the stylet 430 as shown in FIG. 8G .
- the reinforcement member 100 is advanced over the stylet 430 and into the trocar 410 , and the driver 440 is positioned for advancement over the stylet 430 as shown in FIG. 8H .
- the driver 440 is then rotated and advanced over the stylet 430 in order to rotate and push the reinforcement member 100 into the annulus and across the radial fissures 56 as seen in FIG. 8I .
- the driver 440 may be used to simply push or otherwise advance the reinforcement member 100 through the trocar 410 and into the annulus 52 .
- a solid cross-section reinforcement member 100 is utilized, it is not necessary to utilize the stylet 430 .
- the curved semi-rigid needle 420 is left in place as shown in FIG. 8E and the solid cross-section reinforcement member 100 is advanced therethrough.
- the driver 440 is then rotated and advanced through the curved semi-rigid needle 420 in order to rotate and push the reinforcement member 100 into the annulus 52 and across the radial fissures 56 .
- variable pitch threads on the reinforcement member 100 compress the disc 50 and cause the fissures 56 to close as discussed previously. If variable pitch threads are not utilized on the reinforcement member 100 , other techniques may be used to compress the disc 50 and close the radial fissures 56 .
- An example of an alternative disc 50 compression technique is a step-wise advancement and tension method.
- the distal tip 433 of the stylet 430 is incorporated with an anchor 435 such as threads. After the distal tip 433 of the stylet 430 has been advanced by rotation to extend across the fissures 56 , and before the reinforcement member 100 has been advanced into the annulus 52 , the stylet is pulled in the proximal direction to apply tension thereto.
- the reinforcement member 100 may be advanced into the annulus 52 to maintain disc 50 compression and hold the fissures 56 closed. This method of step-wise advancement and tension may be repeated until the reinforcement member 100 is fully implanted in the desired position within the annulus 52 .
- the stylet is advanced until the distal tip extends across the circumferential fissure 58 as shown in FIG. 8J .
- the curvature 434 of the stylet 430 defines the insertion path of the reinforcement member 100 . It has been observed that the preset curvature 434 of the stylet 430 will correspond to the insertion path if the tip 433 is very sharp.
- the driver 440 is then used to rotate and advance the reinforcement member 100 across the fissure 58 as shown in FIG. 8K .
- variable pitch threads on the reinforcement member 100 compress the disc 50 and cause the fissure 58 to close as discussed previously.
- FIGS. 9A-9F schematic illustrations of additional tools 450 / 460 / 720 for use in the method of implanting reinforcement member 200 are shown.
- the additional tools include a variable curvature stylet 450 as shown in FIG. 9A , a stiffening mandrel 460 as shown in FIG. 9B , and an advancement tool 720 as shown in FIG. 9D .
- the variable curvature stylet 450 is hollow which permits insertion of the stiffening mandrel 460 as shown in FIG. 9C .
- variable curvature stylet 450 includes a tubular shaft 452 , a curved distal portion 454 and a closed distal end 453 which is sharpened.
- the variable curvature stylet 450 is substantially the same as the curved stylet 430 described previously, except for the provision of a lumen into which the stiffening mandrel 460 is insertable.
- the stiffening mandrel 460 includes an elongate shaft 462 and a blunt tip 463 .
- the shaft 462 and tip 463 of the stiffening mandrel 460 are sized to be inserted into the hollow shaft 452 of the stylet 450 .
- the hollow stylet 450 and the stiffening mandrel 460 may be made of stainless steel, nickel titanium alloy or the like.
- the curvature increases.
- the stiffening mandrel 460 is inserted fully into the hollow stylet 450 to increase the radius of curvature of the distal portion of the curvature 454 , since the distal portion of the curvature 454 dictates the path that the stylet 450 will follow.
- the relative stiffness of the stylet 450 and stiffening mandrel 460 may be selected to vary the amount of change in the curvature 454 .
- the variable curvature 454 may be used to navigate around the changing curvature of the annulus 52 as described hereinafter. At any point during advancement of the stylet 450 , the curvature 454 may be adjusted by insertion of an appropriately stiff mandrel 460 .
- the path defined by the stylet 450 may thus be customized to any particular disc 50 anatomy.
- advancement tool 720 may be optionally employed to drive the distal end of the hollow stylet 450 through annular tissue 52 .
- the advancement tool 720 includes an elongate tubular shaft 722 , with a handle 724 connected to its proximal end and a plurality of threads 726 connected to its distal end.
- the tubular shaft 722 of the advancement tool 720 includes a lumen which is sized to accommodate the variable curvature stylet 450 therein.
- the variable curvature stylet 450 may include a tapered collar 456 .
- the advancement tool 720 may be advanced over the variable curvature stylet 450 until the distal end of the shaft 722 abuts the collar 456 on the variable curvature stylet 450 .
- the threads 726 engage the annular tissue 52 and upon rotation, apply longitudinal forces against the collar 456 , and thereby cause distal advancement of the variable curvature stylet 450 .
- the threads 726 are rotated by manually rotating handle 724 , which transmits torsional forces along the elongate shaft 722 to the distal threads 726 .
- the tubular shaft 722 may further comprise a composite structure as illustrated in FIG. 9E or metallic tubular structure as illustrated in FIG. 9F .
- the tubular shaft 722 comprises a composite structure having an outer layer 721 disposed about a reinforcement layer 723 disposed about an inner layer 725 .
- the outer layer 721 and the inner layer 725 may comprise a polymeric material having a relatively low coefficient of friction such as PTFE or HDPE.
- the reinforcement layer 723 is preferably torsionally rigid in both directions of rotation, as may be provided by an interwoven wire braid or by multiple wire coils wound in opposite directions.
- the elongate tubular shaft 722 comprises a tube 727 which may be formed of a highly elastic and rigid metal such as stainless steel, nickel titanium alloy, or the like.
- the metallic tube 727 includes a plurality of slots 729 spaced at regular increments along the length of the shaft 722 .
- the slots 729 extend through the wall of the metallic tube 727 , but do not extend about the entire circumference of the metallic tube 727 .
- the slots 729 impart flexibility to the flexible tube 727 , while maintaining torsional rigidity thereof.
- FIGS. 10A-10H With general reference to FIGS. 10A-10H , the steps for implanting circumferential reinforcement member 200 are illustrated. All of the variables with regard to quantity, location, orientation, etc. discussed previously may be implemented by varying the generic procedure described hereinafter.
- the method illustrated in FIGS. 10A-10H is a percutaneous procedure in which access to the disc 50 is achieved utilizing a number of small diameter tools which may be inserted through a patient's back (skin and back muscles), between adjacent vertebrae, and into the patient's disc 50 .
- the rigid trocar 410 is advanced into the annulus 52 of the disc 50 .
- the trocar 410 is advanced until the distal tip 413 thereof is disposed in the lateral portion of the annulus 52 roughly half way between the posterior and anterior portions of the annulus 52 as seen in FIG. 10B .
- the hollow curved stylet 450 with the stiffening mandrel 460 inserted therein is then advanced into the trocar 410 .
- an appropriate stiff mandrel 460 has been fully inserted into the hollow stylet 450 a sufficient distance to define a curvature 454 that approximates the curvature of the anterior portion of the annulus 52 .
- Continued advancement of the hollow stylet 450 and stiffening mandrel 460 as a unit cause the stylet 450 to traverse the anterior portion of the annulus 52 as shown in FIG. 10C .
- the stiffening mandrel 460 is retracted or removed from the stylet 450 to define a smaller curvature 454 that approximates the curvature of the posterior lateral portion of the annulus 52 .
- the stylet 450 is then advanced until the distal tip 453 thereof enters the posterior portion of the annulus 52 as shown in FIG. 10D .
- An appropriately stiff mandrel 460 is then advanced or inserted into the hollow stylet 450 to define a curvature 454 that approximates the curvature of the posterior portion of the annulus 52 .
- the stylet is then advanced across the posterior portion of the annulus 52 .
- the stiffening mandrel 460 is then retracted or removed from the stylet 450 to define a smaller curvature 454 that approximates the curvature of the posterior lateral portion of the annulus 52 .
- the stylet 450 is then advanced until the distal tip 453 thereof is positioned adjacent the distal tip 413 of the trocar 410 as shown in FIG. 10E .
- the trocar 410 is then removed from the patient leaving the stylet 450 in the annulus 52 to define the insertion path for the reinforcement member 200 as shown in FIG. 10F .
- the circumferential reinforcement member 200 and driver 440 are then advanced over the stylet 450 as shown in FIG. 10G .
- the driver 440 to push and rotate the circumferential reinforcement member 200
- the member 200 is advanced into the annulus 52 along the path defined by the stylet 450 until the distal end of the reinforcement member 200 is adjacent the proximal end of the reinforcement member 200 .
- the variable pitch threads 222 compress the disc 50 and cause the fissure 56 / 58 to close.
- the driver 440 may be used to simply push the reinforcement member 200 into the annulus 52 . Once the reinforcement member 200 is in the desired position, the driver 440 and stylet 450 may be removed from the patient to complete the procedure.
- FIGS. 11A-11H With general reference to FIGS. 11A-11H , the steps for implanting reinforcement member 300 are illustrated. All of the variables with regard to quantity, location, orientation, etc. discussed previously may be implemented by varying the generic procedure described hereinafter.
- the method illustrated in FIGS. 11A-11H is a percutaneous procedure in which access to the disc 50 is achieved utilizing a number of small diameter tools which may be inserted through a patient's back (skin and back muscles), between adjacent vertebrae, and into the patient's disc 50 .
- two trocars 410 are positioned for insertion into the disc 50 .
- the trocars 410 are advanced until the distal tip 413 of each trocar 410 is proximate the outer periphery of the posterior portion of the annulus 52 as seen in FIG. 11B .
- the curved stylet 430 is then advanced into one of the trocars 410 and advanced into the annulus 52 as shown in FIG. 11C .
- the curved stylet 430 is then advanced across the posterior annulus 52 , into the distal tip 413 of the other trocar 410 , and out the proximal end of the other trocar 410 as shown in FIG. 11D .
- the curvature 434 of the stylet 430 is selected such that the tip 433 of the stylet 430 traverses the posterior portion of the annulus 52 and automatically enters into the other trocar 410 .
- the inside diameter of the trocar 410 may be tapered to increase the inside diameter closer to the tip 413 .
- the stylet 430 will follow a path in the annulus 52 corresponding to the curvature 434 of the stylet 430 if the tip 433 is very sharp.
- the trocars 410 are then removed from the patient leaving the stylet 430 in place as shown in FIG. 11E .
- the screws 320 are placed in the holes 334 of the connection rings 330 , and the connection rings 330 are slid onto the stylet 430 through holes 332 .
- the screws 320 are then screwed into the annulus 52 as shown in FIG. 11F using a conventional driver (not shown). Placing the screws 320 in the lateral portions of the annulus 52 takes advantage of the generally greater integrity (usually thicker and healthier) of the lateral portions of the annulus 52 to establish firm anchor points.
- the tubular pins 310 are positioned on the stylet 430 .
- the tubular pins 310 are then advanced over the stylet 430 , across the posterior portion of the annulus 52 , and screwed together as shown in FIG. 11G using driver 440 (not shown).
- the pins 310 are have an assembled length which is shorter than the length of the stylet traversing the annulus 52 such that connection of the pins 310 causes compression of the disc 50 and closure of the fissures 56 / 58 .
- the screws 320 may be tightened further into the annulus 52 in order to further compress the disc 50 and close the fissures 56 / 58 as shown in FIG. 11H .
- FIGS. 12A-12G , FIGS. 13-15 , FIGS. 16A-16E , and FIGS. 17A-17D schematic illustrations of additional tools 710 / 730 / 740 / 750 / 800 / 900 are shown for use in implanting reinforcement member 600 in accordance with the method illustrated in FIGS. 18A-18L .
- the additional tools include a curved stylet or needle 710 as shown FIGS. 12A-12G , a guide tube or sheath 730 as shown in FIG. 13 , a pledget push rod 740 as shown in FIG. 14 , a pledget 750 as shown in FIGS. 14 and 15 , a column support and advancement device 800 for stylet 710 as shown in FIGS.
- Tools 710 / 730 / 800 / 900 and the associated method may be utilized to implant other reinforcement members described herein, including reinforcement members 100 / 200 / 300 .
- the stylet or needle 710 includes a flexible elongate shaft 711 and a sharpened distal end 714 .
- the stylet 710 is similar to the curved stylet 430 described with reference to FIG. 7C , except as described herein and apparent from the drawings.
- the stylet or needle 710 may have a substantially straight distal portion 712 A as shown in FIG. 12A .
- the stylet 710 may be curved as illustrated in FIGS. 12B-12E .
- the stylet 710 A includes a straight distal portion 712 A.
- the stylet 710 B includes a curved portion 712 B having a curvature that may, for example, correspond to the anterior curvature of the annulus 52 .
- the stylet 710 C includes a curved portion 712 C having a curvature that may, for example, correspond to the curvature of the lateral portions of the annulus 52 .
- the stylet 710 D includes a distal curved portion 712 D having a curvature that permits relatively sharp turns or counter-turns during navigation through the annulus 52 .
- FIG. 12A the stylet 710 A includes a straight distal portion 712 A.
- the stylet 710 B includes a curved portion 712 B having a curvature that may, for example, correspond to the anterior curvature of the annulus 52 .
- the stylet 710 C includes a curved portion 712 C having a curvature that may, for example, correspond to the curvature of the
- the stylet 710 E has a primary curvature 712 E and a secondary opposite curvature 716 E proximal thereon.
- the provision of a primary curvature 712 E in addition to a secondary opposite curvature 716 E allows the stylet 710 E to change directions during navigation within the annulus 52 .
- the secondary curvature 716 E may have a curvature corresponding to the path already defined through the annulus 52 during navigation, and the primary curvature 712 E may have a curvature corresponding to the path to be taken by the stylet 710 E upon further advancement through the annulus 52 .
- distal configurations 712 Although a limited number of distal configurations 712 have been illustrated, it is contemplated that a variety of stylets 710 having a variety of distal geometries 712 may be employed during the implantation procedures described hereinafter.
- the shaft 711 of the stylet 710 preferably has a flexible but pushable construction incorporating a rigid metal mandrel such as stainless steel, or a super-elastic alloy such as nickel-titanium. Highly elastic or super-elastic materials incorporated into the elongate shaft 711 resist permanent deformation during insertion and navigation through the annulus 52 .
- the shaft 711 of the stylet 710 may have a diameter ranging from 0.010 to 0.025 inches, which may vary depending on the tortuosity of the annular path and the characteristics (toughness, friction) of the annular material 52 .
- the shaft 711 may be coated with a lubricious material such as PTFE and a hydrophilic polymer.
- the path through the annular tissue 52 taken by the stylet 710 will substantially conform to the geometry of the distal portion 712 of the stylet 710 .
- the distal portion 712 is substantially straight, the stylet 710 will define a linear path through the annular tissue 52 .
- the distal portion 712 has a curve or other nonlinear geometry (in a relaxed state), the stylet 710 will define a path through the annular tissue 52 corresponding to the shape of the distal portion 712 .
- the distal tip 714 may have a symmetrical geometry 714 A as illustrated in FIG. 12F or an asymmetrical geometry 714 B as illustrated in FIG. 12G , and preferably has a fine to micro-fine sharpness. By providing a sufficiently sharp tip 714 , navigation through the annulus 52 may be performed in a predictable manner as described in more detail hereinafter.
- the guide tube or sheath 730 includes an elongate tubular shaft 732 having a lumen extending therethrough sized to accommodate the stylet 710 .
- the guide tube or sheath 730 preferably has a relatively thin wall structure so as to minimize the increase in profile relative to the stylet 710 .
- the inside surface of the shaft 732 preferably has a low friction coating or liner such as PTFE to minimize friction between the guide sheath 730 and the stylet 710 .
- the guide sheath 730 preferably is able to withstand relatively high longitudinal compressive forces and therefore, preferably comprises a relatively rigid but flexible material such as PTFE or polyimide.
- the tubular shaft 732 may comprise a polyimide tube having an inside diameter approximately 0.0005 to 0.001 inches greater than the outside diameter of the stylet 710 , with a wall thickness of approximately 0.0005 to 0.003 inches.
- the tubular shaft 732 may further incorporate a reinforcement layer such as a metallic braid or the like to help prevent various modes of buckling.
- the pledget push rod 740 includes an elongate rigid shaft 742 comprising, for example, a stainless steel rod.
- the distal end of the shaft 742 is connected to pledget 750 by way of a releasable connection 744 .
- Releasable connection 744 may comprise, for example, a weakened area of the rod 742 or pledget 750 that may be broken by application of torsional forces to the rod 742 .
- the pledget 750 includes a body portion 752 and two holes 754 sized to accommodate the stylet 710 and reinforcement member 600 .
- the body portion 752 may comprise a metallic or polymeric material. Examples of suitable metallic materials include stainless steel and super-elastic alloys such as nickel-titanium. If the body portion 752 comprises a polymeric material, the polymeric material may be biologically inert, biodegradable or bioabsorbable. Examples of suitable polymeric materials comprising biologically stable or inert materials include HDPE and PTFE.
- biodegradable or bioabsorbable materials include resorbable collagen, LPLA (poly(l-lactide)), DLPLA (poly(dl-lactide)), LPLA-DLPLA, PGA (polyglycolide), PGA-LPLA or PGA-DLPLA.
- the body portion 752 of the pledget 750 may be coated with biocompatible materials, growth factors to facilitate healing, agents which render the nuclear matter inert or otherwise reduce chemical irritation thereof, and/or anesthetic agents to reduce nerve signal transmission (i.e., pain).
- Device 810 includes a shaft portion 810 which extends through and is rigidly connected to a proximal handle assembly 812 .
- the distal end of the shaft 810 may incorporate a plurality of threads 814 to rotationally engage and bore through tissues in the back (dermal and muscular tissues) and anchor against tissues immediately adjacent the point of entry into the annulus 52 .
- the distal tip 815 of the shaft 810 may also be sharpened to facilitate penetration through tissues in the back.
- the shaft 810 comprises a rigid metal tube having a lumen extending therethrough adapted to receive the stylet 710 .
- the inside surface of the tubular shaft 810 may be provided with a low friction liner or coating such as PTFE.
- the shaft 810 includes a slot aligned with a slot or keyway 816 in the handle 812 , which is sized and shaped to accommodate key 820 .
- the slot in the shaft 810 contained within the handle assembly 812 has a width that is less than that of the outside diameter of the stylet 710 such that the stylet 710 cannot pass therethrough and such that the shaft 810 provides column support to the stylet 710 and prohibits buckling thereof.
- Key 820 includes a thumb button 822 which may incorporate a plurality of grip members 828 .
- a metallic plate 824 extends downwardly from the body portion 822 and has a geometry which substantially conforms to keyway 816 .
- the bottom of the plate 824 incorporates one or more protrusions 826 .
- Protrusions 826 engage and mate with recesses 715 formed in the proximal end of the stylet 710 .
- Protrusions 826 and recesses 715 may be replaced by a wide variety of mating geometries to facilitate engagement between the key 820 and the proximal end of the stylet 710 .
- the plate 824 Upon depression of the thumb button 822 relative to the handle 812 , the plate 824 travels in a downward direction to force the protrusions 826 into the recesses 715 .
- the thumb button 822 may then be advanced in the distal direction, while maintaining downward pressure, to advance the stylet 710 in the distal direction relative to the shaft 810 into annular tissue 52 .
- the shaft 810 of the advancement device 800 provides sufficient column strength to the stylet 710 to resist buckling during advancement.
- the downward force applied to the thumb button 822 may be removed to disengage the protrusions 826 from the recesses 715 in the stylet 710 .
- a pair of leaf springs 825 may be provided on either side of the plate 824 to urge the key 820 in the upward direction relative to the handle 812 .
- the key 820 In the disengaged position, the key 820 may be moved to the proximal end of the handle 812 , and a downward force may be reapplied to the thumb button 822 to cause engagement of the protrusions 826 with the recesses 715 .
- the thumb button 822 may then be advanced again in the distal direction relative to the handle 812 to advance the stylet 710 further into the annular tissue 52 .
- the stylet 710 may be removed for a different stylet 710 having a different distal curvature, for example.
- downward pressure against the thumb button 822 is removed to allow the key 820 to be urged in the upward direction by springs 825 , to thereby disengage the protrusions 826 from the recesses 715 .
- the stylet 710 may be removed from the device 800 by pulling the stylet 710 in the proximal direction.
- a second stylet 710 may be inserted into the device 800 by inserting the distal end of the stylet 710 into the proximal end of the lumen of the shaft 810 located at the proximal end of the handle assembly 812 . The stylet may then be advanced until the distal end thereof exits the distal end of the shaft 810 .
- Device 900 for use with stylet 710 and sheath 730 is shown.
- Device 900 includes a rigid metallic tubular shaft 910 having a handle 912 connected to its proximal end.
- a plurality of threads 914 are provided at the distal end of the shaft 910 to facilitate advancement through tissues up to the perimeter of the annulus 52 , and to facilitate anchoring of the tubular shaft 910 adjacent the periphery of the annulus 52 .
- the distal tip 915 of the tubular shaft 910 is sharpened to facilitate advancement through dermal and muscular tissues in the back up to and adjacent the annulus 52 .
- the tubular shaft 910 has an inside diameter sized to accommodate the guide sheath 730 which is sized to accommodate the stylet 710 .
- the inside diameter of the tubular shaft 910 may incorporate a low friction coating such as PTFE to minimize friction between the tubular shaft 910 and the tubular sheath 730 .
- the tubular shaft 910 includes a helical slot 916 which passes through the wall thereof and extends from a point adjacent the handle 912 to a mid portion of the shaft 910 .
- a proximal nut 920 and a distal nut 930 are disposed about the shaft 910 and cooperate with the helical slot 916 such that they may be independently longitudinally advanced and retracted by rotation thereof relative to the shaft 910 .
- the proximal nut 920 abuts a collar 918 fixedly connected to the stylet 710 .
- the distal nut 930 abuts a collar 732 fixedly attached to the tubular sheath 730 .
- longitudinal advancement of nut 920 by rotation thereof relative to the shaft 910 causes corresponding longitudinal advancement of the stylet 710 .
- longitudinal advancement of nut 930 by rotation thereof relative to shaft 910 causes corresponding longitudinal advancement of the tubular sheath 730 .
- proximal nut 920 includes a collar 924 connected to a bearing 926 by a pair of arms 922 .
- the arms 922 extend through the helical slot 916 in the shaft 910 .
- the collar 924 extends around the outside of the shaft 910 , and the bearing 926 fits within the lumen of the shaft 910 .
- the bearing 926 has an inside diameter sized to accommodate the stylet 710 in an outside diameter sufficient to engage and abut the collar 718 , while permitting relative rotational movement.
- the side openings 928 in the collar 924 and bearing 926 permit the proximal nut 920 to be removed from the shaft 910 , which in turn permits the stylet 710 to be removed from the device 900 and replaced with a different stylet 710 having a different distal curvature, for example.
- the distal nut 730 includes a collar 934 connected to a bearing 936 by a pair of arms 932 .
- the collar 934 has an inside diameter sufficient to accommodate the outside diameter of the shaft 910 .
- the bearing 936 has an outside diameter sized to fit within the lumen of the shaft 910 and sized to engage and abut the collar 732 on the tubular sheath 730 .
- the bearing 936 also has an inside diameter sufficient to accommodate the tubular sheath 730 , while allowing relative rotational movement.
- the stylet 710 may be advanced independently of the sheath 730 , and visa-versa.
- both the tubular sheath 730 and the stylet 710 have column support proximal of the path being navigated through the annulus 52 .
- FIGS. 18A-18L With general reference to FIGS. 18A-18L , the steps for implanting reinforcement member 600 are illustrated.
- the method illustrated in FIGS. 18A-18L utilizes stylet 710 to navigate through the annulus 52 and implant reinforcement member 600 .
- the method illustrated in FIGS. 18A-18L may be modified to make use of hollow stylet 450 and stiffening mandrel 460 to navigate through the annulus 52 and implant reinforcement member 600 . All of the variables with regard to quantity, location, orientation, etc., discussed previously may be implemented by varying the generic procedure described hereinafter.
- the method illustrated in FIGS. 18A-18L is a percutaneous procedure in which access to the disc 50 is achieved utilizing a number of small diameter tools which may be inserted through a patient's back (skin and back muscles), between adjacent vertebrae, and adjacent the patient's disc 50 .
- the rigid trocar 410 is advanced until the distal tip thereof is disposed immediately adjacent the periphery of the annulus 52 of the disc 50 .
- a stylet 710 C with tubular sheath 730 disposed thereon, is inserted into the rigid trocar 410 .
- the stylet 710 C having a curved distal portion 712 C, is advanced out the distal end of the trocar 410 into the annulus 52 until the distal end of the stylet 710 C is located in the anterior portion of the annulus 52 as shown in FIG. 18B .
- the curvature of the distal portion 712 C roughly corresponds to the curvature of the lateral annulus 52 .
- the sheath 730 may then be advanced over the stylet 710 C until the distal end of the sheath is adjacent the distal end of the stylet 710 .
- the stylet 710 C may then be removed from the sheath 730 , and another stylet 710 B, having a curved distal portion 712 B, may be advanced through the sheath 730 as shown in FIG. 18C .
- the tubular sheath 730 maintains the path defined by the penetrating stylet 710 C, and allows the next stylet 710 B to begin penetration where stylet 710 C left off.
- the stylet 710 B is advanced until the distal tip is positioned in the lateral portion of the annulus, after which the tubular sheath 730 may be advanced thereover. Note that the curvature of the distal portion 712 B roughly corresponds to the curvatures of the anterior annulus 52 .
- the stylet 710 B may be exchanged for stylet 710 C having a curved portion 712 C to traverse the lateral side of the annulus 52 .
- the stylet 710 C may then be exchanged for another stylet 710 A having a relatively straight distal portion 712 A to traverse the posterior portion of the annulus 52 as shown in FIG. 18D .
- the tubular sheath 730 is then advanced over the stylet 710 A until the distal end of the sheath 730 is adjacent the distal end of the stylet 710 A.
- the straight stylet 710 A may be exchanged for double curve stylet 710 E as shown in FIG. 18E .
- the distal tip of the stylet 710 E is navigated into the distal end of the trocar 410 utilizing the visualization techniques described previously.
- the tubular sheath 730 may be removed.
- the stylet 710 E With the distal end of the stylet 710 E reentered into the distal end of the trocar 410 , the stylet 710 E may be freely advanced until the distal portion thereof exits the proximal portion of the trocar 410 as shown in FIG. 18F .
- the trocar 410 may also be removed, but may optionally be left in place, depending on the means employed to connect the ends of the reinforcement member 600 .
- one end 602 of the reinforcement member 600 is connected to the proximal end of the stylet 710 . This may be accomplished, for example, by threading the reinforcement member through a hole (not shown) in the proximal end of the stylet 710 similar to the threading a sewing needle.
- the pledget push rod 740 may be used to push the pledget 750 over the opposite ends of the stylet 710 until the pledget 750 is positioned immediately adjacent the entry and exit points in the annulus 52 as illustrated in FIG. 18G .
- a connection (e.g., knot) 610 may be made in the reinforcement member 600 and advanced to the pledget 750 utilizing a conventional knot pusher (not shown) as shown in FIG. 18K . While the knot is being tightened, the reinforcement member 600 applies compressive forces about the perimeter of the annulus 52 thereby closing fractures and fissures 56 / 58 . Once the knot 610 has been tightened, the reinforcement member 600 may be cut immediately proximal of the knot 610 adjacent the pledget 750 as shown in FIG. 18J utilizing a conventional suture cutting device (not shown).
- the pledget 750 may be omitted.
- a connection (e.g., knot) 610 may be made in the reinforcement member 600 and advanced to the entry and exit point in the annulus 52 utilizing a conventional knot pusher (not shown) as shown in FIG. 18K . While the knot is being tightened, the reinforcement member 600 applies compressive forces about the perimeter of the annulus 52 thereby closing fractures and fissures 56 / 58 . Once the knot 610 has been tightened, the reinforcement member may be cut utilizing a conventional suture cutting device (not shown) immediately proximal of the knot 610 as shown in FIG. 18L .
- the path navigated through the annulus 52 by the foregoing method may be a function of the individual anatomical geometry of the patient and/or the particular portion of the annulus 52 requiring compression. Accordingly, as shown in FIGS. 19A-19F , the path 620 defined by the stylet 710 and reinforcement member 600 through the annulus 52 may vary. For example, a substantial rectangular path 620 A with rounded corners may be employed as illustrated in FIG. 19A . Alternatively, a substantially trapezoidal path 620 B having rounded corners may be employed as shown in FIG. 19B . Alternatively, a substantially oval path 620 C may be employed as shown in FIG. 19C . Each of these paths may be defined by the particular sequence of curved stylets 710 utilized in accordance with the method described previously.
- the path 620 may also extend through a portion of the nucleus 54 as illustrated in FIGS. 19D and 19E . In such circumstances, it is preferable to not define a direct path from the nucleus 54 to the exterior of the annulus 52 , to thereby minimize the likelihood that nuclear material will leak out of the disc 50 .
- the path through the nucleus 54 may enter at one lateral side, and exit at the opposite lateral side thereof.
- the path 620 E may enter on the anterior side and exit on the posterior side of the nucleus 54 .
- FIG. 19F illustrates a path 620 F which is just external to the outer surface of the annulus 52 .
- reinforcement members 600 may be implanted.
- one reinforcement member 600 could be implanted proximate the lower (inferior) portion of the annulus 52 and one reinforcement member 600 could be implanted in the upper (superior) portion of the annulus 52 .
- Any number of reinforcement members 600 could be implanted in a single disc, either through a single trocar 410 placement, or multiple trocar placements.
- the reinforcement members 510 / 520 / 530 may be used to reinforce the disc, restore disc height and/or bear some or all of the load normally carried by the annulus.
- the reinforcement members 510 / 520 / 530 are relatively rigid and thus serve to reinforce the disc 50 , and particularly the annulus 52 , where inserted.
- the reinforcement members 510 / 520 / 530 may have a relatively large profile when implanted and thus increase disc height.
- the reinforcing members 510 / 520 / 530 may be used singularly or in groups, depending on the increase in disc 50 height desired and/or the amount of reinforcement of the annulus 52 desired.
- the reinforcing members 510 / 520 / 530 may be stacked or inserted side-by-side.
- the reinforcing members 510 / 520 / 530 may be located in virtually any portion of the annulus 52 .
- the reinforcing members 510 / 520 / 530 are substantially symmetrically disposed about the median plane 70 to avoid causing curvature of the spine 10 .
- the reinforcing members 510 / 520 / 530 may be inserted, in part or in whole, into the nucleus 54 , it is preferable to insert them into the annulus 52 for purposes of stability and load carrying. Specifically, to provide stability, it is desirable to symmetrically locate the reinforcing members 510 / 520 / 530 as far as reasonably possible from the median plane 70 , or to span as great a distance as possible across the median plane 70 .
- the reinforcing members 510 / 520 / 530 are preferably placed in the annulus 52 to assume the load normally carried thereby, and reinforce the load bearing capacity of the annulus 52 , without hindering the normal mobility function of the disc 50 .
- the reinforcing members 510 / 520 / 530 may comprise expandable members such as self-expanding members 510 or inflatable members 520 .
- the reinforcing members 510 / 520 / 530 may comprise unexpandable members such as reinforcement bars 530 .
- space in the annulus 52 for the reinforcing members 510 / 520 / 530 is preferably established by dilation or the like, although some amount of tissue removal may be used.
- the expandable reinforcement members 510 / 520 are useful because they may be delivered in a low profile, unexpanded condition making it easier to traverse the very tough and fibrous collagen tissue of the annulus 52 .
- the reinforcement bars 530 are useful because they may have a small diameter and a sharpened tip.
- the self-expanding reinforcing member 510 may comprise a solid or semi-solid member that self-expands (e.g., by hydration) after insertion into the annulus.
- suitable materials for such solid or semi-solid members include solid fibrous collagen or other suitable hard hydrophilic biocompatible material. If the selected material is degradable, the material may induce the formation of fibrous scar tissue which is favorable. If non-degradable material is selected, the material must be rigid and bio-inert.
- the self-expanding reinforcing member 510 preferably has an initial diameter that is minimized, but may be in the range of 25% to 75% of the final expanded diameter, which may be in the range of 0.3 to 0.75 cm, or 10% to 75% of the nominal disc height.
- the length of the self-expanding member 510 may be in the range of 1.0 to 6.0 cm, and preferably in the range of 2.0 to 4.0 cm.
- the inflatable reinforcing member 520 may comprise an expandable hollow membrane capable of inflation after insertion into the annulus.
- An example of a suitable inflatable structure is detachable balloon membrane filled with a curable material.
- the membrane may consist of a biocompatible and bio-inert polymer material, such as polyurethane, silicone, or polycarbonate-polyurethane (e.g., Corethane).
- the curable filler material may consist of a curable silicone or polyurethane.
- the filler material may be curable by chemical reaction (e.g., moisture), photo-activation (e.g., UV light) or the like.
- the cure time is preferably sufficiently long to enable activation just prior to insertion (i.e., outside the body) and permit sufficient time for navigation and positioning of the member 520 in the disc. However, activation may also take place inside the body after implantation.
- the inflatable reinforcing member 520 preferably has an initial deflated diameter that is minimized, but may be in the range of 25% to 75% of the final inflated diameter, which may be in the range of 0.3 to 0.75 cm, or 10% to 75% of the nominal disc height.
- the length of the inflatable member 520 may be in the range of 1.0 to 6.0 cm, and preferably in the range of 2.0 to 4.0 cm.
- the reinforcement bars 530 may comprise a rigid, solid or hollow bar having a sharpened tip.
- the reinforcement bars 530 may comprises stainless steel mandrels, for example, having a diameter in the range of 0.005 to 0.100 inches, preferably in the range of 0.010 to 0.050 inches, and most preferably in the range of 0.020 to 0.040 inches, and a length in the range of 1.0 to 6.0 cm, and preferably in the range of 2.0 to 4.0 cm.
- the reinforcement bars 530 may be straight for linear insertion, or curved to gently wrap with the curvature of the annulus during insertion.
- the outer surface of the reinforcement bars 530 may have circular ridges or the like that the permit easy insertion into the annulus 52 but resist withdrawal and motion in the annulus following implantation.
- suitable materials for reinforcement bars 530 include titanium alloy 6 - 4 , MP35N alloy, or super-elastic nickel-titanium alloy.
- FIGS. 20A-20J With general reference to FIGS. 20A-20J , the steps for implanting a self-expanding reinforcement member 510 are illustrated. It should be understood that the procedure for implanting a single member 510 in the anterior annulus 52 is shown for purposes of illustration, not limitation. All of the variables with regard to quantity, location, orientation, etc. discussed previously may be implemented by varying the generic procedure described hereinafter.
- the sharpened stylet 430 , semi-rigid needle 420 and rigid trocar 410 are assembled.
- the distal portion of the assembly 410 / 420 / 430 is inserted into the disc 50 as in a conventional discogram procedure.
- the assembly 410 / 420 / 430 is advanced until the distal tip 413 of the rigid needle is proximate the anterior curvature of the annulus 52 , near the anterior side of the nucleus 54 , as seen in FIG. 20B .
- the semi-rigid needle 420 (alone or with stylet 430 ) is advanced relative to the rigid trocar 410 until the curved portion 426 of the semi-rigid needle exits the distal tip 413 of the rigid trocar 410 and the desired amount of curvature is established, as seen in FIG. 20C .
- the curved portion 426 may be advanced until the tip 423 is substantially parallel to the tangent of the anterior annulus 52 curvature.
- the sharpened stylet 430 is advanced relative to the semi-rigid needle 420 to the desired position within the anterior annulus 52 , as shown in FIG. 20D .
- the semi-rigid needle 420 and the rigid trocar 410 are completely withdrawn from the stylet 430 , leaving the stylet in position as shown in FIG. 20E .
- a flexible dilator 470 is advanced over the stylet 430 to dilate the annulus 52 , as seen in FIG. 20F .
- the flexible dilator 470 is similar to semi-rigid needle 420 except that the dilator includes a blunt distal tip and is relatively more flexible, and has larger inner and outer diameters.
- one or more dilators 470 may be advanced co-axially about the stylet 430 until the annulus is sufficiently dilated to accept the self-expandable member 510 .
- the stylet 430 is then withdrawn from the flexible dilator 470 and the self-expandable member 510 is introduced into the lumen of the flexible dilator 470 using a push bar 480 , as shown in FIG. 20G .
- the dilator 470 may be removed in favor of a flexible hollow catheter with a large inner diameter to facilitate delivery of member 510 .
- the push bar 480 is similar to stylet 430 except that the distal tip of the push bar 480 is blunt.
- the push bar 480 may simply comprise the stylet 430 turned around, thus using the proximal blunt end of the stylet 430 as the push bar 480 .
- the push bar 480 is advanced until the member 510 is in the desired position, as seen in FIG. 20H .
- radiographic visualization may be used to visualize the distal end of the push bar 480 , which is formed of radiopaque material and may include radiopaque markers.
- the member may be loaded with a radiopaque material to facilitate radiographic visualization thereof.
- the flexible dilator 470 is retracted from the push bar 480 while maintaining position of the member 510 with the push bar.
- the push bar 480 is then removed leaving the member 510 in place. If necessary, the procedure may be repeated for additional member implants 510 .
- the member 510 is then allowed to expand over time, perhaps augmented by placing the spine 10 in traction. Alternatively, the spine 10 may be placed in traction prior to beginning the procedure.
- FIGS. 20K-20L the steps for implanting an inflatable reinforcement member 520 are illustrated.
- the steps outlined with reference to FIGS. 20A-20F are followed. Specifically, the same steps are followed up to and including the step of advancing the flexible dilator 470 over the stylet 430 to dilate the annulus 52 , and thereafter removing the stylet 430 from the flexible dilator 470 .
- the inflatable member 520 is introduced into the dilator 470 and advanced until the member 520 is in the desired position, as shown in FIG. 20K .
- the inflatable member 520 is connected to the distal end of the catheter 490 , which includes a flexible but pushable shaft 492 and an inflation port 494 .
- the flexible dilator 470 is retracted from the catheter 490 while maintaining position of the member 520 .
- the proximal inflation port 494 is connected to a syringe (not shown) or other suitable inflation apparatus for injection of the curable filler material.
- the filler material is then activated and the desired volume is injected into the catheter 490 via the inflation port 494 , as seen if FIG. 20L .
- the filler material is allowed to cure and the catheter 490 is gently torqued to break the catheter 490 from the solid member 520 . This break-away step may be facilitated by an area of weakness at the juncture between the distal end of the catheter 490 and the proximal end of the member 520 .
- the catheter 490 is then removed leaving the member 520 in place. If necessary, the procedure may be repeated for additional member implants 520 .
- the disc 50 includes a protrusion or bulge 60 , which is preferably, but not necessarily, reduced or eliminated before insertion of the reinforcement bar 530 . This may be done by separating the adjacent vertebrae 20 . In order to establish separation of the vertebrae 20 , the spine 10 may be placed in traction or conventional intervertebral separation tools may be used. After the bulge 60 is reduced or eliminated, similar steps are followed as outlined with reference to FIGS. 20A-20C .
- the distal portion of the assembly 410 / 420 / 480 is inserted into the disc 50 as in a conventional discogram procedure.
- the assembly 410 / 420 / 480 is advanced until the distal tip 413 of the rigid trocar 410 just penetrates the posterior side of the annulus 52 , as seen in FIG. 20N .
- the semi-rigid needle 420 (alone or with bar 530 ) is advanced relative to the rigid trocar 410 until the curved portion 426 of the semi-rigid needle 420 exits the distal tip 413 of the rigid trocar 410 and the desired amount of curvature is established, as shown in FIG. 20N .
- the curved portion 426 may be advanced until the tip 423 is substantially parallel to the posterior annulus 52 .
- the reinforcement bar 530 with its sharpened tip is pushed into the annulus 52 as seen in FIG. 200 .
- the reinforcement bar 530 is advanced into the annulus 52 with the push bar 480 until the bar 530 is in the desired position, as seen in FIG. 20P , which may be confirmed using radiographic visualization as described above.
- the push bar 480 is then retracted, leaving the reinforcement bar 530 in place, as shown in FIG. 20P .
- the semi-rigid needle 420 and the rigid trocar 410 are then removed, as shown in FIG. 20Q , or, if necessary, the procedure may be repeated for additional reinforcement bar implants 530 , as shown in FIG. 20R . Presence of the reinforcement bars 530 serves to keep the disc 50 , and particularly the bulge 60 , in a more normal condition, and to protect against continued bulging, thus easing nerve impingement.
- reinforcement member 540 includes an anchor arm 542 having an anchor mechanism 544 attached to a distal end thereof.
- the anchor mechanism 54 may comprise circular ridges, barbs or the like which are readily advanced into the annular tissue 52 , but resist retraction.
- Reinforcement member 540 also includes a lever arm 546 including a distal sharpened tip 548 .
- the distal end of the anchor arm 542 also incorporates a sharpened tip 548 .
- the reinforcement member 540 preferably comprises a highly elastic or super-elastic metal such as stainless steel or a nickel titanium alloy.
- FIG. 21A illustrates the reinforcement member in a relaxed state
- FIG. 21B illustrates the reinforcement member in a compressed delivery state sized to fit within trocar 410
- the reinforcement member 540 may be delivered into the annulus 52 in a compressed state through trocar 410 utilizing push rod 480 as shown in FIG. 21C .
- the sharpened ends 548 penetrate the tissue and the anchor mechanism 544 engages the tissue to define the deployed configuration shown in FIG. 21C .
- the anchor arm and the lever arm are forced to pivot relative to each other thereby building a bias force at the elbow connecting the anchor arm 542 and the lever arm 546 .
- the lever arm 546 applies a compressive force to the exterior portion of the annulus 52 to minimize protrusions and bulges along the posterior periphery of the annulus 52 .
- reinforcement members 570 and 580 are illustrated.
- Reinforcement members 570 and 580 are similar to reinforcement 600 except for the provision of distal anchors 574 / 584 . Except as described herein and apparent from the drawings, the function and delivery of reinforcement members 570 and 580 are substantially the same as reinforcement member 600 .
- reinforcement member 570 comprises a monofilament or multifilament structure 572 that is highly flexible and has a high tensile strength.
- the ends of the filament structure 572 incorporate anchors 574 , which may comprise circular ridges, barbs or the like which are readily advanced into the annular tissue 52 , but resist retraction.
- the reinforcement member 570 may be deployed in the annulus 52 with the anchors residing in healthy annular tissue and the filament structure partially surrounding the fractures and fissures 56 / 58 in a circumferential manner.
- the anchors 574 By advancing the anchors 574 during deployment, the annular tissue 52 is compressed along the length of the filament structure 572 , thereby closing fractures and fissures 56 / 58 and reducing posterior protrusions.
- a reinforcement member 580 comprises a monofilament or a multifilament structure 582 having a single distal anchor 584 attached thereto. The proximal end of the filament structure 582 is otherwise free. During implantation, one or more reinforcement members 580 may be utilized as shown in FIG. 22D . The free ends of the filament structure 582 are connected using, for example, a knot 586 with or without the use of a pledget 750 .
- FIGS. 23A and 23B illustrate an alternative method for implanting a variation of the reinforcement member 510 , and optionally utilize another reinforcement member 600 to anchor reinforcement member 510 in place.
- Reinforcement member 510 may be implanted in a void left by discectomy utilizing a method such as described with reference to FIGS. 20A-20L .
- Other reinforcement members may used in place of reinforcement member 510 such as reinforcement members 100 / 200 .
- Other reinforcement members may optionally be used as anchor means.
- reinforcement member 600 is shown as a means to anchor reinforcement member 510 relative to the annulus 52 utilizing a method such as described with reference to FIGS. 25A-25J or FIGS. 27A-27H , for example.
- a portion of the annulus 52 is typically removed as shown in FIG. 23A .
- the void left by the discectomy procedure may expose the disc 50 to increased stress due to loss of surface area and/or leakage of fluid from the nucleus 54 .
- the reinforcement member 510 acts as a barrier to nuclear leakage and acts as a support member to minimize disc height loss.
- Reinforcement member 510 acts as a support to adjacent vertebrae by having a height substantially equal to the nominal height of the disc (in a healthy state) and by providing an expanded volume substantially equal to the void, to thereby share the load of adjacent vertebrae. This combination of functions (barrier and volume) reduces the rate of degeneration or possibly eliminates further degeneration of the disc 50 .
- dual tube trocar 760 includes two rigid tubes 762 formed of stainless steel, for example, secured to a handle 764 .
- the tubes 762 may be substantially the same size and symmetric.
- Each tube 762 includes a sharpened tip 763 and a lumen (not visible) fully extending therethrough to slidably accommodate stylet 770 shown in FIG. 24B .
- the lumen of the second tube 762 which accommodates reentry of the stylet 770 may be made even larger (e.g., 2-3 times) to permit variability in reentry as will be discussed in more detail hereinafter.
- a bracket 766 may be disposed between the rigid tubes 762 to maintain spacing and alignment therebetween.
- stylet 770 is substantially the same as stylet 710 described previously.
- Stylet 770 includes an elongate flexible shaft 772 and a sharpened distal end 773 .
- the stylet or needle 770 has a curved portion 774 with a diameter substantially equal to the distance between the centerlines of the tubes 762 of the trocar 760 .
- the curved portion 774 preferably has at least 180 degrees of curvature or more to define at least a full semi-circle.
- the shaft 772 of the stylet 770 preferably has a flexible but pushable construction incorporating a rigid metal mandrel such as stainless steel, or a super-elastic alloy such as nickel-titanium.
- the shaft 772 of the stylet 770 may have a diameter ranging from 0.010 to 0.025 inches and is sized to fit within the lumens of the tubes 762 of the trocar 760 .
- the shaft 772 may be coated with a lubricious material such as PTFE and a hydrophilic polymer.
- the path through the annular tissue 52 taken by the stylet 770 will substantially conform to the geometry of the distal curved portion 774 of the stylet 770 .
- the distal portion 774 has a curve with a diameter substantially equal to the distance between the centerlines of the tubes 762 of the trocar 760
- the stylet 770 will exit the distal end of one tube 762 and naturally define a path through the annular tissue 52 to reenter the distal end of the other tube 762 .
- the stylet 770 will naturally navigate through the annulus 52 from the end of one tube 762 into the end of the other tube 762 , without requiring visualization or steering of the stylet 770 .
- FIGS. 24C and 24D illustrate alternative dual tube trocar 760 designs which utilizes means 765 / 767 to ensure proper alignment of the stylet 700 as it exits the distal end of one of the tubes 762 .
- the stylet 770 in order for the stylet 770 to reenter the distal end of the second tube 762 , the stylet 770 preferably exits the distal end of the first tube 762 with the curved portion 774 of the stylet 770 in substantially the same plane as the two tubes 762 . This may be accomplished manually by rotating the stylet 770 prior to exit from the first tube 762 , or this may be accomplished automatically by providing a keyed passageway or by providing mechanisms 765 / 767 .
- the distal end of one or both of the tubes 762 may be provided with a gentle curvature 765 as seen in FIG. 24C which will provide a corresponding curvature to the lumen extending therethrough.
- the distal end of one of the tubes 762 may be provided with an indentation 767 as seen in FIG. 24D which will define a corresponding curved path in the lumen extending therethrough.
- the indent 767 impinges on an inner tube 768 which is otherwise centered in the lumen of the tube 762 by collars 769 .
- the lumen 761 defined through the inner tube 768 is provided with a curved path.
- the curved portion 774 of the stylet will naturally align itself with such a curvature, thereby automatically providing alignment between the stylet 770 and the second tube 762 as the distal end of the stylet 770 reenters the trocar 760 as will be described in more detail hereinafter.
- FIGS. 25A-25J illustrate an alternative method for implanting the reinforcement member 600 .
- the method illustrated in FIGS. 25A-25J utilizes stylet 770 to navigate through the annulus 52 and implant reinforcement member 600 .
- the method illustrated in FIGS. 25A-25J is similar to the method illustrated in FIGS. 18A-18L , except with regard to path defined by reinforcement member 600 and the automatic navigation of stylet 770 out of and into the trocar 760 .
- the method illustrated in FIGS. 25A-25J is particularly suited for a post discectomy procedure to close the opening (not shown) created thereby. Further, the method illustrated in FIGS.
- 25A-25J is particularly suited for a post annular compression procedure (e.g., contraction of annular tissue by thermal means) to maintain the re-compressed annulus (not shown) created thereby. All of the variables with regard to quantity, location, orientation, etc., discussed previously may be implemented by varying the generic procedure described hereinafter.
- the method illustrated in FIGS. 25A-25J is a percutaneous procedure in which access to the disc 50 is achieved utilizing a number of small diameter tools which may be inserted through a patient's back (skin and back muscles), between adjacent vertebrae, and adjacent the patient's disc 50 .
- the rigid dual tube trocar 760 is advanced until the distal tips thereof are disposed in the anterior portion of the annulus 52 .
- the stylet 770 is then inserted into the first tube 762 of the rigid dual tube trocar 760 .
- the stylet 770 having a curved distal portion 774 , is advanced out the distal end of the fist tube 762 into the annulus 52 as shown in FIG. 25B .
- the stylet 770 is advanced until the distal tip 773 reenters the trocar 760 at the distal end of the second tube 762 as shown in FIG. 25C .
- the curvature 774 corresponds to the distance between the centerlines of the tubes 762 , and that the curvature 774 is at least semi-circular (180 degrees or more) to thereby automatically reenter the trocar 760 at the distal end of the second tube 762 .
- the stylet 770 is advanced until the distal tip 773 exits the proximal end of the second tube 762 as shown in FIG. 25D .
- One end of the reinforcement member 600 is attached to the proximal end of the stylet 770 as shown in FIG. 25E . This may be accomplished, for example, by threading the reinforcement member through a hole (not shown) in the proximal end of the stylet 770 similar to the threading a sewing needle.
- the distal end of the stylet 770 is pulled proximally to pull the stylet out of the trocar 760 and thread the reinforcement member 600 along the path defined by the stylet 770 as shown in FIG. 25F .
- the trocar 760 may be removed as shown in FIG. 25H , but may optionally be left in place, depending on the means employed to connect the ends of the reinforcement member 600 .
- the pledget push rod 740 may be used to push the pledget 750 over the opposite ends of the reinforcement member 600 until the pledget 750 is positioned immediately adjacent the entry and exit points in the annulus 52 .
- a connection (e.g., knot) 610 may be made in the reinforcement member 600 and advanced to the entry points of in the annulus 52 utilizing a conventional knot pusher (not shown) as shown in FIG. 25I . While the knot 610 is being tightened, the reinforcement member 600 applies compressive forces about the annulus 52 thereby closing fractures and fissures 56 . Once the knot 610 has been tightened, the reinforcement member 600 may be cut immediately proximal of the knot 610 (proximal of pledget 750 if used) as shown in FIG. 25J utilizing a conventional suture cutting device (not shown).
- a dual lumen trocar 780 includes a dual lumen shaft 782 and a proximal handle 784 .
- Rigid shaft 782 includes a sharpened tip 783 and a laterally facing opening 785 .
- the rigid shaft 782 may be formed of stainless steel and may comprises a rigid outer tube 788 and a rigid inner tube 786 disposed eccentrically therein as seen in FIG. 26B .
- Inner tube 786 defines a lumen 787 extending through the entire shaft 782 and is sized to accommodate hollow stylet 790 .
- a crescent-shaped lumen 789 is defined between the outer tube 788 and the inner tube 786 .
- the crescent-shaped lumen 789 extends through the entire shaft 782 and is sized to accommodate hollow stylet 790 .
- Opening 785 is also sized to accommodate the hollow stylet 790 , and may be made even larger (e.g., 2-3 times larger) to accommodate variability in reentry as will be discussed in more detail hereinafter.
- hollow stylet 790 is substantially the same as stylet 710 except as described herein and illustrated in the drawings.
- Hollow stylet 790 includes an elongate flexible shaft 792 and a sharpened distal end 793 .
- a lumen 791 extends through the entire shaft 792 and is sized to accommodate reinforcement member 600 .
- the shaft 792 of the hollow stylet 790 preferably has a flexible but pushable construction incorporating a rigid metal tube such as stainless steel hypotubing, or a super-elastic alloy tube such as nickel-titanium. Highly elastic or super-elastic materials incorporated into the elongate shaft 792 resist permanent deformation during insertion and navigation through the annulus 52 .
- the shaft 792 of the stylet 790 may have a diameter ranging from 0.010 to 0.025 inches and is sized to fit within the lumens 787 / 789 of the shaft 792 of the trocar 790 .
- the shaft 792 may be coated with a lubricious material such as PTFE and a hydrophilic polymer.
- the stylet or needle 790 has a curved portion 794 and a separable curved tip 796 .
- the separable curved tip 796 is connected to the reinforcement member 600 as shown in FIGS. 26E and 26F , but is separable from the remainder of the shaft 792 .
- the curved portion 794 and the separable curved tip 796 may have the same diameter which may vary as described with reference to curved portion 712 of stylet 710 shown in FIGS. 12A-12E .
- the curved portion 774 together with separable tip 796 may have at least 360 degrees of curvature or more to define at least a full circle. Two example curvatures of the separable curved tip 796 are shown in FIGS. 26E and 26F .
- the tip 793 of the hollow stylet 790 is sufficiently sharp to easily penetrate annular tissue 52 , such that the path through the annular tissue 52 taken by the hollow stylet 790 will substantially conform to the geometry of the distal curved portion 794 and the curved separable tip 796 .
- the hollow stylet 790 will exit the lumen 787 at the distal end of the inner tube 786 and naturally define a path through the annular tissue 52 to reenter the trocar 780 through opening 785 and into the lumen 789 of the outer tube 788 .
- Push rod 840 may comprise a rigid mandrel having a length sufficient to extend through the shaft 782 of the trocar 780 and a diameter sufficient to permit passage through lumen 789 .
- the distal end of the push rod 840 is adapted to engage the separable tip 796 as it renters the trocar 780 through opening 785 , and lock the tip 796 relative to shaft 782 by mechanical compression, for example.
- FIGS. 27A-27H illustrate a method for implanting the reinforcement member 600 .
- the method illustrated in FIGS. 27A-27H utilizes hollow stylet 790 to navigate through the annulus 52 and implant reinforcement member 600 .
- the method illustrated in FIGS. 27A-27H is similar to the method illustrated in FIGS. 18A-18L , except with regard to the automatic navigation of stylet 770 out of and back into the trocar 780 .
- the method illustrated in FIGS. 27A-27H is particularly suited for a post discectomy procedure to close the opening (not shown) created thereby. Further, the method illustrated in FIGS.
- FIGS. 27A-27H is particularly suited for a post annular compression procedure (e.g., contraction of annular tissue by thermal means) to maintain the re-compressed annulus (not shown) created thereby. All of the variables with regard to quantity, location, orientation, etc., discussed previously may be implemented by varying the generic procedure described hereinafter.
- the method illustrated in FIGS. 27A-27H is a percutaneous procedure in which access to the disc 50 is achieved utilizing a number of small diameter tools which may be inserted through a patient's back (skin and back muscles), between adjacent vertebrae, and adjacent the patient's disc 50 .
- the rigid dual lumen trocar 780 is advanced until the distal tip thereof is disposed in the anterior portion of the annulus 52 .
- the hollow stylet 790 is then inserted into the inner tube 786 of the rigid dual lumen trocar 780 .
- the hollow stylet 790 having a curved distal portion 794 and separable tip portion 796 , is advanced out the distal end of the shaft 782 into the annulus 52 as shown in FIG. 27B .
- the hollow stylet 790 is advanced until the distal tip 793 reenters the trocar 780 through the opening 785 at the distal end shaft 782 as shown in FIG. 27B .
- the curvature of the curved portion 794 , the curvature of the separable tip 796 is selected to automatically align with the opening 785 and thereby automatically reenter the trocar 780 .
- the proximal portion of the shaft 792 of the hollow stylet 790 is then withdrawn leaving separable tip 796 and reinforcement member 600 in place as shown in FIG. 27C .
- the push rod 840 is then advanced into the trocar 780 through lumen 789 until its distal end mechanically engages tip 796 and pinches or traps it relative to the distal end of the shaft 782 of the trocar 780 as shown in FIG. 27D .
- the proximal end of the push rod 840 and the handle 784 of the trocar are then grasped and pulled proximally while maintaining engagement of the distal end of the push rod 840 against the separable tip 796 .
- the reinforcement member 600 is not grasped or otherwise restrained such that the reinforcement member 600 is free to be advanced distally and threaded along the path previously defined by hollow stylet 790 as shown in FIG. 27E .
- the pledget push rod 740 may be used to push the pledget 750 over the opposite ends of the reinforcement member 600 until the pledget 750 is positioned immediately adjacent the entry and exit points in the annulus 52 .
- a connection (e.g., knot) 610 may be made in the reinforcement member 600 and advanced to the entry points of in the annulus 52 utilizing a conventional knot pusher (not shown). While the knot 610 is being tightened, the reinforcement member 600 applies compressive forces about the annulus 52 thereby closing fractures and fissures 56 and reducing bulge 60 . Once the knot 610 has been tightened, the reinforcement member 600 may be cut immediately proximal of the knot 610 (or proximal of pledget 750 if used) as shown in FIG. 27F utilizing a conventional suture cutting device (not shown).
- FIGS. 27A-27F While a single path followed by a single reinforcement member 600 is illustrated in FIGS. 27A-27F , it is also contemplated that multiple reinforcement members 600 may be implanted as shown in FIG. 27G .
- one reinforcement member 600 could be implanted proximate the lower (inferior) portion of the annulus 52 and one reinforcement member 600 could be implanted in the upper (superior) portion of the annulus 52 .
- Any number of reinforcement members 600 could be implanted in a single disc, either through a single trocar 780 placement, or multiple trocar placements.
- the path navigated through the annulus 52 by the foregoing method may be a function of the individual anatomical geometry of the patient and/or the particular portion of the annulus 52 requiring compression. Accordingly, the path defined by the stylet 790 and reinforcement member 600 through the annulus 52 may vary as shown in FIGS. 19A-19F by utilizing different stylet 790 curvatures and a sheath, similar to the method described with reference to FIGS. 18A-18L . By way of example, not limitation, a substantial rectangular path with rounded corners may be employed as illustrated in FIG. 27H .
- the present invention provides reinforcement devices 100 , 200 , 300 , 600 , 510 , 520 , 530 , 540 , 570 and 580 , which may be used to reinforce a damaged disc, while permitting relative movement of the adjacent vertebrae.
- the present invention also provides minimally invasive methods of implanting such devices as described above.
- All of the implantable devices and delivery tools therefor described above may incorporate heating mechanisms (e.g., resistive wire coils) to allow for heating the surrounding tissue, such as temporarily and directly heating annular tissue.
- heating mechanisms e.g., resistive wire coils
- a separate device may be provided specifically for heating annular tissue, which may be used to accomplish results similar to those described with reference to FIG. 4H .
- the following is a description of a device specifically adapted to heat annular tissue, but the methods and principles of operation are equally applicable to all devices disclosed herein that come into contact with annular tissue.
- FIG. 28A illustrates an exemplary embodiment of a thermal probe 1010 which may be temporarily positioned within the annulus and heated.
- the thermal probe 1010 may comprise a hollow shaft 1015 , which contains a heating element extending at least a portion of the length of the shaft 1015 .
- the thermal probe 1010 may be advanced through the annulus over one or more stylets in the same fashion as sheath 730 as described with reference to FIGS. 18A through 18F utilizing one or a series of stylets 1035 incorporating curvatures as shown and described with reference to FIGS. 12A through 12E .
- the heating element may comprise, for example, a coil or braid of resistive metallic wire.
- a detailed view of a distal portion of the probe 1010 is shown, which includes a resistive wire coil 1020 encapsulated by the polymeric material of the shaft 1015 .
- the polymeric shaft material may comprise electrically insulative material and may be selected to tolerate relatively high temperatures, such as PTFE or polyimide.
- the resistive wire may extend proximally as a return wire 1025 .
- a plug 1030 connected to the proximal end of the thermal probe 1010 may provide connection to a power source (not shown).
- Direct or alternating current may be used to electrify the resistive wire coil 1020 , causing heating, which in turn heats the annular tissue. Temperature may be controlled by the amount of electric power delivered.
- One or more thermocouples may be included in the shaft 1015 of the probe 1010 (not shown).
- FIG. 28C An alternative probe 1040 is illustrated in FIG. 28C .
- the stylet 1045 used for delivery of thermal probe 1040 could also be used as the return electrode.
- the shaft 1050 includes a resistive coil 1055 , terminating near the distal end at a contact 1060 .
- the contact 1060 provides electrical connection between the stylet 1045 and the resistive wire coil 1055 .
- the stylet 1045 may be electrically conductive, and is preferably metallic.
- the stylet 1045 optionally includes a shoulder 1065 which allows for the probe 1040 to be advanced in a “fixed wire” fashion, together with the stylet 1045 .
- This “fixed wire” approach incorporating an optional shoulder 1065 on the stylet 1045 is also applicable to the above described implants and delivery devices, e.g. stylet 710 and sheath 730 illustrated in FIGS. 18A through 18F .
- the thermal probe 1010 / 1040 may be positioned directly within the annulus, in the same manner as described in connection with the positioning of the implant 100 shown in FIGS. 8A through 8K . But rather than implant 100 , thermal probe 1010 / 1040 would be positioned and activated. These figures illustrate positioning in the posterior annulus, but it is within the scope of this invention that the thermal probe 1010 / 1040 could be positioned anywhere within the annulus or across the disc, including the positions illustrated in FIGS. 19A through 19F . For example, the probe 1010 / 1040 could be positioned in the lateral annulus, anterior annulus, or multiple regions of the annulus, including circumferentially in the annulus, as illustrated for the sheath 730 illustrated in FIGS. 18A through 18F .
- the thermal probe 1010 / 1040 may also incorporate an anchoring mechanism to facilitate compression of the annular tissue prior to heating.
- the probe 1010 / 1040 could include progressive external threads such as described in connection with the implant of FIG. 4A .
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Surgery (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Medical Informatics (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery (AREA)
- Transplantation (AREA)
- Neurology (AREA)
- Vascular Medicine (AREA)
- Cardiology (AREA)
- Dentistry (AREA)
- Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Plasma & Fusion (AREA)
- Otolaryngology (AREA)
- Rheumatology (AREA)
- Pathology (AREA)
- Prostheses (AREA)
Abstract
Devices and methods for treating a damaged intervertebral disc to reduce or eliminate associated back pain. The present invention provides disc reinforcement therapy (DRT) which involves implanting one or more reinforcement members in and preferably around the annulus of the disc. The reinforcement members may be used to stabilize the annulus and/or compresses a portion of the annulus so as to reduce a bulge and/or close a fissure. The implantable devices and associated delivery tools may incorporate heating capabilities to thermally treat the annular tissue. Alternatively or in combination, other devices may be specifically employed for such thermal treatment.
Description
- The present application is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 10/943,525 filed Sep. 17, 2004; which is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 10/390,970, filed Mar. 18, 2003, now U.S. Pat. No. 6,805,695; and is a continuation-in-part of 10/055,780, filed Jan. 22, 2002, now U.S. Pat. No. 6,689,125. U.S. application Ser. No. 10/390,970 is a continuation-in-part of 09/685,401, filed Oct. 10, 2000, now U.S. Pat. No. 6,579,291; which is a continuation-in-part of 10/093,990, filed Mar. 7, 2002, now U.S. Pat. No. 6,835,205; which is a continuation of 09/542,972, filed Apr. 4, 2002, now U.S. Pat. No. 6,402,750; and claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/263,343, filed Jan. 22, 2001; and claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/368,108 filed Mar. 26, 2002 entitled DEVICES AND METHODS FOR THE TREATMENT OF SPINAL DISORDERS, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference.
- The present invention generally relates to devices and methods for the repair of intervertebral discs. Specifically, the present invention relates to devices and methods for the treatment of spinal disorders associated with the annulus of an intervertebral disc.
- Back pain is one of the most common and often debilitating conditions affecting millions of people in all walks of life. Today, it is estimated that over ten million people in the United States alone suffer from persistent back pain. Approximately half of those suffering from persistent back pain are afflicted with chronic disabling pain, which seriously compromises a person's quality of life and is the second most common cause of worker absenteeism. Further, the cost of treating chronic back pain is very high, even though the majority of sufferers do not receive treatment due to health risks, limited treatment options and inadequate therapeutic results. Thus, chronic back pain has a significantly adverse effect on a person's quality of life, on industrial productivity, and on heath care expenditures.
- Some forms of back pain are muscular in nature and may be simply treated by rest, posture adjustments and painkillers. For example, some forms of lower back pain (LBP) are very common and may be caused by unusual exertion or injury. Unusual exertion such has heavy lifting or strenuous exercise may result in back strain such as a pulled muscle, sprained muscle, sprained ligament, muscle spasm, or a combination thereof. An injury caused by falling down or a blow to the back may cause bruising. These forms of back pain are typically non-chronic and may be self-treated and cured in a few days or weeks.
- Other types of non-chronic back pain may be treated by improvements in physical condition, posture and/or work conditions. For example, being pregnant, obese or otherwise significantly overweight may cause LBP. A mattress that does not provide adequate support may cause back pain in the morning. Working in an environment lacking good ergonomic design may also cause back pain. In these instances, the back pain may be cured by eliminating the culprit cause. Whether it is excess body weight, a bad mattress, or a bad office chair, these forms of back pain are readily treated.
- However, some forms of back pain are the result of disorders directly related to the spinal column, which are not readily treated. While some pain-causing spinal disorders may be due to facet joint degradation or degradation of individual vertebral masses, disorders associated with the intervertebral discs are predominantly affiliated with chronic back pain (referred to as disc related pain). The exact origin of disc related pain is often uncertain, and although some episodes of disc related pain may be eased with conservative treatments such as bed-rest and physical therapy, future episodes of disc related pain are likely to occur periodically.
- There are a number of suspected causes of disc related pain, and in any given patient, one or more of these causes may be present. However, the ability to accurately diagnose a specific cause or locus of pain is currently difficult. Because of this uncertainty, many of the causes of disc related pain are often lumped together and referred to as degenerative disc disease (DDD).
- A commonly suspected source of disc related pain is physical impingement of the nerve roots emanating from the spinal cord. Such nerve root impingement may have a number of different underlying causes, but nerve root impingement generally results from either a disc protrusion or a narrowing of the intervertebral foramina (which surround the nerve roots).
- As a person ages, their intervertebral discs become progressively dehydrated and malnourished. Together with continued stressing, the disc begins to degenerate. With continued degeneration, or an excessive stressing event, the annulus fibrosus of the disc may tear, forming one or more fissures (also referred to as fractures). Such fissures may progress to larger tears which allow the gelatinous material of the nucleus pulposus to flow out of the nucleus and into the outer aspects of the annulus. The flow of the nucleus pulposus to the outer aspects of the annulus may cause a localized bulge.
- When bulging of the annulus occurs in the posterior portions of the disc, the nerve roots may be directly and physically impinged by the bulge. In more extreme or progressed instances of annular tears, the nuclear material may escape, additionally causing chemical irritation of the nerve roots. Depending on the cause and nature of the disc protrusion, the condition may be referred to as a disc stenosis, a disc bulge, a herniated disc, a prolapsed disc, a ruptured disc, or, if the protrusion separates from the disc, a sequestered disc.
- Dehydration and progressive degeneration of the disc also leads to thinning of the disc. As the height of the disc reduces, the intervertebral foraminae become narrow. Because the nerve roots pass through the intervertebral foraminae, such narrowing may mechanically entrap the nerve roots. This entrapment can cause direct mechanical compression, or may tether the roots, allowing them to be excessively tensioned during body movements.
- Nerve root impingement most often occurs in the lumbar region of the spinal column since the lumbar discs bear significant vertical loads relative to discs in other regions of the spine. In addition, disc protrusions in the lumbar region typically occur posteriorly because the annulus fibrosus is radially thinner on the posterior side than on the anterior side and because normal posture places more compression on the posterior side. Posterior protrusions are particularly problematic since the nerve roots are posteriorly positioned relative to the intervertebral discs. Lower back pain due to nerve root irritation not only results in strong pain in the region of the back adjacent the disc, but may also cause sciatica, or pain radiating down one or both legs. Such pain may also be aggravated by such subtle movements as coughing, bending over, or remaining in a sitting position for an extended period of time.
- Another suspected source of disc related back pain is damage and irritation to the small nerve endings which lie in close proximity to or just within the outer aspects of the annulus of the discs. Again, as the disc degenerates and is subjected to stressing events, the annulus fibrosus may be damaged forming fissures. While these fissures can lead to pain via the mechanisms described above, they may also lead to pain emanating from the small nerve endings in or near the annulus, due to mechanical or chemical irritation at the sites of the fissures. The fissures may continue to irritate the small nerve endings, as their presence cause the disc to become structurally weaker, allowing for more localized straining around the fissures. This results in more relative motion of edges of the fissures, increasing mechanical irritation. Because it is believed that these fissures have only limited healing ability once formed, such irritation may only become progressively worse.
- A common treatment for a disc protrusion is discectomy, a procedure wherein the protruding portion of the disc is surgically removed. However, discectomy procedures have an inherent risk since the portion of the disc to be removed is immediately adjacent the nerve root and any damage to the nerve root is clearly undesirable. Furthermore, discectomy procedures are not always successful long term because scar tissue may form and/or additional disc material may subsequently protrude from the disc space as the disc deteriorates further. The recurrence of a disc protrusion may necessitate a repeat discectomy procedure, along with its inherent clinical risks and less than perfect long term success rate. Thus, a discectomy procedure, at least as a stand-alone procedure, is clearly not an optimal solution.
- Discectomy is also not a viable solution for DDD when no disc protrusion is involved. As mentioned above, DDD causes the entire disc to degenerate, narrowing of the intervertebral space, and shifting of the load to the facet joints. If the facet joints carry a substantial load, the joints may degrade over time and be a different cause of back pain. Furthermore, the narrowed disc space can result in the intervertebral foramina surrounding the nerve roots to directly impinge on one or more nerve roots. Such nerve impingement is very painful and cannot be corrected by a discectomy procedure. Still furthermore, discectomy does not address pain caused by the fissures which may cause direct mechanical irritation to the small nerve endings near or just within the outer aspect of the annulus of a damaged disc.
- As a result, spinal fusion, particularly with the assistance of interbody fusion cages, has become a preferred secondary procedure, and in some instances, a preferred primary procedure. Spinal fusion involves permanently fusing or fixing adjacent vertebrae. Hardware in the form of bars, plates, screws and cages may be utilized in combination with bone graft material to fuse adjacent vertebrae. Spinal fusion may be performed as a stand-alone procedure or may be performed in combination with a discectomy procedure. By placing the adjacent vertebrae in their nominal position and fixing them in place, relative movement therebetween may be significantly reduced and the disc space may be restored to its normal condition. Thus, theoretically, aggravation caused by relative movement between adjacent vertebrae may be reduced if not eliminated.
- However, the success rate of spinal fusion procedures is certainly less than perfect for a number of different reasons, none of which are well understood. In addition, even if spinal fusion procedures are initially successful, they may cause accelerated degeneration of adjacent discs since the adjacent discs must accommodate a greater degree of motion. The degeneration of adjacent discs simply leads to the same problem at a different anatomical location, which is clearly not an optimal solution. Furthermore, spinal fusion procedures are invasive to the disc, risk nerve damage and, depending on the procedural approach, either technically complicated (endoscopic anterior approach), invasive to the bowel (surgical anterior approach), or invasive to the musculature of the back (surgical posterior approach).
- Another procedure that has been less than clinically successful is total disc replacement with a prosthetic disc. This procedure is also very invasive to the disc and, depending on the procedural approach, either invasive to the bowel (surgical anterior approach) or invasive to the musculature of the back (surgical posterior approach). In addition, the procedure may actually complicate matters by creating instability in the spine, and the long term mechanical reliability of prosthetic discs has yet to be demonstrated.
- Many other medical procedures have been proposed to solve the problems associated with disc protrusions. However, many of the proposed procedures have not been clinically proven and some of the allegedly beneficial procedures have controversial clinical data. From the foregoing, it should be apparent that there is a substantial need for improvements in the treatment of spinal disorders, particularly in the treatment of disc related pain associated with a damaged or otherwise unhealthy disc.
- The present invention addresses this need by providing improved devices and methods for the treatment of spinal disorders. The improved devices and methods of the present invention specifically address disc related pain, particularly in the lumbar region, but may have other significant applications not specifically mentioned herein. For purposes of illustration only, and without limitation, the present invention is discussed in detail with reference to the treatment of damaged discs in the lumbar region of the adult human spinal column.
- As will become apparent from the following detailed description, the improved devices and methods of the present invention may reduce if not eliminate back pain while maintaining near normal anatomical motion. Specifically, the present invention provides disc reinforcement devices to reinforce a damaged disc, while permitting relative movement of the vertebrae adjacent the damaged disc. The devices of the present invention are particularly well suited for minimally invasive methods of implantation.
- The reinforcement devices of the present invention may provide three distinct functions. Firstly, the reinforcement devices may mechanically stabilize and strengthen the disc to minimize if not eliminate chronic irritation of nerve roots and nerves around the periphery of the disc annulus. Secondly, the reinforcement devices may radially and/or circumferentially compress the disc to close fissures, fractures and tears, thereby preventing the ingress of nerves as well as potentially facilitating healing. Thirdly, the reinforcement devices may be used to stabilize the posterior disc after a discectomy procedure in order to reduce the need for re-operation.
- In an exemplary embodiment, the present invention provides disc reinforcement therapy (DRT) in which a reinforcement member is implanted in the annulus of an intervertebral disc. The implantation method may be performed by a percutaneous procedure or by a minimally invasive surgical procedure. The present invention provides a number or tools to facilitate percutaneous implantation. One or more reinforcement members may be implanted, for example, posteriorly, anteriorly, and/or laterally, and may be oriented circumferentially or radially. As such, the reinforcement members may be used to stabilize the annulus and/or compresses a portion of the annulus so as to reduce a bulge and/or close a fissure.
- In other embodiments, the implantable devices and associated delivery tools may incorporate heating capabilities to thermally treat the annular tissue. Alternatively or in combination, other devices may be specifically employed for such thermal treatment, and such thermal treatment may be applied by a device that is temporarily inserted into the annulus, or the thermal treatment may be applied by a chronically implanted device, either acutely or chronically.
-
FIGS. 1A and 1B illustrate left lateral and posterior views, respectively, of a portion of the adult human vertebral (spinal) column; -
FIGS. 2A and 2B illustrate superior (top) views of a healthy disc and a degenerated disc, respectively, and an adjacent vertebral body; -
FIGS. 3A-3F schematically illustrate superior (top) views of reinforcement members disposed in degenerated discs; -
FIGS. 4A-4M schematically illustrate various features that may be incorporated into a straight or curved reinforcement member in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention; -
FIGS. 5A-5C schematically illustrate a circumferential reinforcement member in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention; -
FIGS. 6A-6H schematically illustrate components of a reinforcement member in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention; -
FIGS. 7A-7F illustrate tools of the present invention for implanting the reinforcement members shown inFIGS. 3A and 3B in accordance with the method illustrated inFIGS. 8A-8L ; -
FIGS. 8A-8L illustrate a method for implanting the reinforcement members shown inFIGS. 3A and 3B in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention; -
FIGS. 9A-9F illustrate tools of the present invention for implanting the reinforcement member shown inFIG. 3C in accordance with the method illustrated inFIGS. 10A-10H ; -
FIGS. 10A-10H illustrate a method for implanting the reinforcement member shown inFIG. 3C in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention; -
FIGS. 11A-11H illustrate a method for implanting the reinforcement member shown inFIG. 3D in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention; -
FIGS. 12A-12G and 13-15 illustrate various tools of the present invention for implanting the reinforcement member shown inFIGS. 3E and 3F in accordance with the method illustrated inFIGS. 18A-18L ; -
FIGS. 16A-16E illustrate a column support and advancement device for use with the tools illustrated inFIGS. 12A-12G and 13; -
FIGS. 17A-17D illustrate an alternative column support and advancement device for use with the tools illustrated inFIGS. 12A-12G and 13; -
FIGS. 18A-18L illustrate a method for implanting the reinforcement member shown inFIGS. 3E and 3F in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention; -
FIGS. 19A-19F illustrate various possible implant orientations of the reinforcement member shown inFIGS. 3E and 3F ; -
FIGS. 20A-20J illustrate steps for implanting a self-expanding reinforcement member; -
FIGS. 20K-20L illustrate steps for implanting an inflatable reinforcement member; -
FIGS. 20M-20R illustrate steps for implanting a reinforcement bar; -
FIGS. 21A-21C illustrate a reinforcement member in accordance with an alternative embodiment of the present invention; -
FIGS. 22A-22D illustrate a reinforcement member in accordance with yet another alternative embodiment of the present invention; -
FIGS. 23A and 23B illustrate an alternative method for implanting a variation of the reinforcement member shown inFIG. 20J in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention; -
FIGS. 24A-24E illustrate various tools of the present invention for implanting a reinforcement member in accordance with the method illustrated inFIGS. 25A-25J ; -
FIGS. 25A-25J illustrate an alternative method for implanting a reinforcement member in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention; -
FIGS. 26A-26G illustrate various tools of the present invention for implanting a reinforcement member in accordance with the method illustrated inFIGS. 27A-27H ; -
FIGS. 27A-27H illustrate an alternative method for implanting a reinforcement member in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention; and -
FIGS. 28A-28C illustrate various heating probes of the present invention for temporarily heating annular tissue. - The following detailed description should be read with reference to the drawings in which similar elements in different drawings are numbered the same. The drawings, which are not necessarily to scale, depict illustrative embodiments and are not intended to limit the scope of the invention.
- With reference to
FIGS. 1A and 1B , the lower portion of an adulthuman vertebral column 10 is illustrated in left lateral and posterior views, respectively. The upper portion of thevertebral column 10 includes the thoracic region and the cervical region, which are not shown for purposes of simplified illustration only. The lower portion of thevertebral column 10 includes thelumbar region 12, thesacrum 14 and thecoccyx 16. Thesacrum 14 and thecoccyx 16 are sometimes collectively referred to as the pelvic curvature. - The
vertebral column 10 includes an axis ofcurvature 60 which generally forms a double-S shape when viewed laterally. Thevertebral column 10 also includes amedian plane 70 which is a sagittal plane bisecting thevertebral column 10 into symmetrical left lateral and right lateral portions. In posterior views, themedian plane 70 appears as a line. - The
lumbar region 12 of thevertebral column 10 includes five (5) vertebrae 20 (labeled L1, L2, L3, L4 and L5) separated byintervertebral discs 50. Thesacrum 14, which includes five (5) fused vertebrae 30 (superior vertebra 30 labeled S1), is separated by asingle disc 50 from thecoccyx 16, which includes four (4) fusedvertebrae 40. Although not labeled, theintervertebral discs 50 may be referenced by their respective adjacent vertebrae. For example, thedisc 50 between the L4 and L5lumbar vertebrae 20 may be referred to as the L4L5 disc. Similarly, thedisc 50 between the L5lumbar vertebra 20 and the S1sacral vertebra 30 may be referred to as the L5S1 disc. - Although each
vertebra 20/30/40 is a unique and irregular bone structure, thevertebrae 20 of the lumbar region 12 (in addition to the thoracic and cervical regions) have common structures. Eachvertebra 20 of thelumbar region 12 generally includes abody portion 21 and a vertebralarch portion 22/23 which encloses the vertebral foramen (not visible) in which the spinal cord is disposed. Thevertebral arch 22/23 includes twopedicles 22 and twolaminae 23. Aspinous process 24 extends posteriorly from the juncture of the twolaminae 23, and twotransverse processes 25 extend laterally from eachlamina 23. Fourarticular processes 26/27 extend inferiorly 26 and superiorly 27 from thelaminae 23. The inferiorarticular process 26 rests in the superiorarticular process 27 of the adjacent vertebra to form a facet joint 28. - The five (5)
vertebrae 30 of thesacrum 14 are fused together to form a single rigid structure. Thesacrum 14 includes a mediansacral crest 31 which roughly corresponds to the spinous processes of thevertebrae 30, and two intermediate sacral crests 32 which roughly correspond to the articular processes of thevertebrae 30. The sacral laminae 33 are disposed between the median 31 and intermediate 32 sacral crests. Two lateral sacral crests 34 are disposed on either side of thesacral foraminae 35. Thesacrum 14 also includes a pair ofsacral wings 36 which defineauricular surfaces 39. The superior (S1)sacral vertebra 30 includes two superiorarticular processes 37 which engage the inferior articular processes 26 of theL5 lumber vertebra 20 to form a facet joint, and thebase 38 of the superior sacral vertebra S1 is joined to theL5S1 disc 50. - With reference to
FIG. 2A , eachintervertebral disc 50 includes anannulus fibrosus 52 surrounding anucleus pulposus 54. Theposterior annulus 52 is generally thinner than theanterior annulus 52, which may account for the higher incidence of posterior disc protrusions. Theannulus fibrosus 52 comprises about 60% of thetotal disc 50 cross-sectional area, and thenucleus pulposus 54 only comprises about 40% of thetotal disc 50 cross-sectional area. Theannulus fibrosus 52 comprises 40-60% organized collagen in the form of a laminated structure. Thenucleus pulposus 54 comprises 18-30% collagen in the form of a relatively homogenous gel. - A common theory is that each
intervertebral disc 50 forms one support point and the facet joints 28 form two support points of what may be characterized as a three point support structure betweenadjacent vertebrae 20. However, in thelumbar region 12, the facet joints 28 are substantially vertical, leaving thedisc 50 to carry the vast majority of the load. As between theannulus fibrosus 52 and the nucleus pulposus 54 of thedisc 50, it is commonly believed that thenucleus 54 bears the majority of the load. This belief is based on the theory that thedisc 50 behaves much like a balloon or tire, wherein theannulus 22 merely serves to contain thepressurized nucleus 54, and thenucleus 54 bears all the load. However, this theory is questionable since theannulus fibrosus 52 comprises 60% of thetotal disc 50 cross-sectional area and is made of 40-60% organized collagen in the form of a laminated structure. By contrast, thenucleus pulposus 54 only comprises 40% of thetotal disc 50 cross-section and is made of 18-30% collagen in the form of a relatively homogenous gel. Thus, a more plausible theory is that theannulus fibrosus 52 is the primary load bearing portion of thedisc 50. - With reference to
FIG. 2B , theintervertebral discs 50 become progressively dehydrated and malnourished with age. When combined with continued stressing, the disc begins to degenerate. With continued degeneration, or an excessive stressing event, the annulus fibrosus of the disc may tear, forming one or moreradial fissures 56 orcircumferential fissures 58, which may progress to larger tears. Larger tears may allow the gelatinous material of thenucleus pulposus 54 to flow out of the nucleus and into the outer aspects of theannulus 52. The flow of thenucleus pulposus 54 to the outer aspects of theannulus 52 may cause alocalized bulge 60. Aposterior bulge 60 may result in direct impingement of a nerve root (not shown). Nuclear material that escapes through an advanced tear may cause further mechanical irritation and additionally cause chemical irritation of a nerve root. A nerve root may also be compressed or tethered by a narrowing of the intervertebral foraminae, resulting from a loss in disc height caused by sustained degeneration of thedisc 50. Small nerve endings (not shown) in or near the perimeter of theannulus 52 may also be mechanically or chemically irritated at the sites of thefissures 56/58. In all cases, degeneration of the disc eventually leads to disc related pain of some origin. -
FIGS. 3A-3F schematically illustratereinforcement members 100/200/300/600 implanted in a degenerateddisc 50. In all instances, thereinforcement members 100/200/300/600 mechanically stabilize and strengthen thedisc 50 to minimize if not eliminate chronic irritation of nerve roots and nerves around the periphery of thedisc annulus 52. As can be seen inFIGS. 3A-3F , thereinforcement members 100/200/300/600 also radially and/or circumferentially compress thedisc 50 to closefissures 56/58, thereby preventing the ingress of nerves and potentially facilitating healing. Thereinforcement members 100/200/300/600 may further be used to stabilize the posterior portion of thedisc 50 after a discectomy procedure in order to reduce the need for re-operation. -
FIGS. 3A-3F show examples of where thereinforcement members 100/200/300/600 may be implanted in theannulus 52. However, thereinforcement members 100/200/300/600 may be implanted in any portion of theannulus 52 including, without limitation, the posterior, anterior or lateral portions thereof. Because most disc related pain is associated with damage to the posterior portion of thedisc 50, thereinforcement members 100/200/300/600 preferably provide support to the posterior portion of theannulus 52 and establish anchor points in the lateral and anterior portions of theannulus 52, or completely encircle theannulus 52. Thereinforcement members 100/200/300/600 may be used individually as shown in FIGS. 3A and 3C-3F, or in combination as shown inFIG. 3B . Although not shown, any combination of the different types ofreinforcement members 100/200/300/600 may be utilized. - The
reinforcement members 100/200/300/600 may be oriented generally parallel to the periphery of the annulus 52 (e.g.,reinforcement members reinforcement member 100B), or any other orientation suitable for stabilizing and/or compressing the desired portion(s) of theannulus 52. Generally, the closer thereinforcement members 100/200/300/600 are to the periphery of theannulus 52, the greater the amount of support and stabilization provided to thedisc 50. As such, thereinforcement members 100/200/300/600 preferably have a curvature conforming to the periphery of theannulus 52 such that they may be implanted as close to the periphery of theannulus 52 as possible. Thereinforcement members 100/200/300/600 may have such a curvature in the relaxed (zero stress) state, or the curvature may be imparted by the insertion path or defined by the insertion tools used. - The
reinforcement members 100/200/300/600 may extend across andclose fissures 56/58 as shown, or any other portion of theannulus 52 to provide compression and stabilization of thedisc 50. Although not shown, thereinforcement members 100/200/300/600 may extend across or into thenucleus 54. In such a case, it is preferred that thereinforcement members 100/200/300/600 do not extend outside the periphery of theannulus 52 in order to reduce the probability of nuclear material escaping from the outer aspects of theannulus 52. - The
reinforcement members 100/200/300/600 are sized to fit within theannulus 52 of ahuman disc 50. Thus, the collective diameter and length of thereinforcement members 100/200/300/600 implanted preferably does not exceed the height and circumference/diameter, respectively, of theannulus 52, depending on the number and orientation of thereinforcement members 100/200/300/600 implanted. Thereinforcement members 100/200/300/600 may be made of a biocompatible material or coated with a biocompatible material. Suitable structural materials for thereinforcement members 100/200/300/600 include stainless steel and super elastic alloys such as nickel titanium. All or a portion of thereinforcement members 100/200/300/600 may be made of biodegradable or bioabsorbable material such as resorbable collagen, LPLA (poly(l-lactide)), DLPLA (poly(dl-lactide)), LPLA-DLPLA, PGA (polyglycolide), PGA-LPLA or PGA-DLPLA. Other metals, alloys, polymers, and composites having suitable tensile, compression and fatigue strength and elasticity may also be used. Thereinforcement members 100/200/300/600 may further include growth factors to facilitate healing, agents which render nuclear matter inert or otherwise reduce chemical irritation thereof, and/or anesthetic agents to reduce nerve signal transmission (i.e., pain). -
Reinforcement member 600, as illustrated inFIGS. 3E and 3F , is adapted to completely encircle theannulus 52 to thereby apply uniform compressive forces about the periphery of theannulus 52. Thereinforcement member 600 has opposing ends which are secured together by apermanent connection 610 such as a knot as seen inFIG. 3E . Optionally, apledget 750 may be employed as illustrated inFIG. 3F and as discussed in more detail hereinafter.Reinforcement member 600 may substantially reside within the confines of theannulus 52, with theconnection 610 andoptional pledget 750 residing within or immediately outside the confines of theannulus 52. Whilereinforcement member 600 is shown within the outer aspect of theannulus 52, it is also contemplated that all or portions ofreinforcement member 600 may be implanted outside theannulus 52. For example,reinforcement member 600 may be placed in the tissue plane between the outside of theannulus 52 and external connective tissues (not shown). - The
reinforcement member 600 may comprise a monofilament or multifilament structure that resists elongation in tension, but is otherwise very flexible. For example, thereinforcement member 600 may comprise a polymeric or metallic fiber, cable, thread, suture, wire, ribbon, or the like. Suitable materials for thecircumferential reinforcement member 600 include, but are not limited to, commercially available suture materials used in a variety of surgical procedures. Such exemplary suture materials include biodegradable suture made from polylactic acid and polyglycolic acid, and non-degradable materials such as monofilament and braided polypropylene and polyester (PET). Another suitable non-degradable suture material is made from expanded polytetrafluoroethylene (ePTFE). Other materials which are suitable for thecircumferential reinforcement member 600 include braided ultra-high molecular weight fibers of polyethylene (UHMWPE), commercially available as Spectra™ or Dyneema™, as well as other high tensile strength materials such as Vectran™, Kevlar™, and natural or artificially produced silk. - As an alternative, the
reinforcement member 100/200/300/600 may be designed for temporary heating (post-implantation) to cause thermal changes to the annulus. Because the annulus is comprised of overlapping bands of oriented collagen which tend to shrink in the direction of orientation when heated to temperatures of 50 to 90 degrees centigrade, temporarily heating thereinforcement member 100/200/300/600 causes thermal reformation of the annulus. In addition, annular defects such as fissures and tears can refuse, particularly if the edges are brought into apposition prior to or during the heating step. Such annular defects may be closed (i.e., edges brought into apposition) by compression imparted by thereinforcement member 100/200/300/600 during implantation or by collagen shrinkage imparted by heating thereinforcement member 100/200/300/600. - The
reinforcement member 100/200/300/600 may be heated by inducing heat in the material of thereinforcement member 100/200/300/600 or by incorporating one or more heating elements into thereinforcement member 100/200/300/600. In both cases, a source of electric or magnetic power (e.g., electric power supply, magnetic field generator, RF transmitter, etc.) is used to provide energy to thereinforcement member 100/200/300/600 which converts the electric/magnetic energy to thermal energy. Such a power source may be directly or remotely connected to thereinforcement member 100/200/300/600. - For example, the
reinforcement members 100/200/300/600 may include resistive heating elements directly connected to an internal (implanted) power supply or directly connected (transdermal) to an external electric power supply. Alternatively, the resistive heating elements may be connected to an implanted receiving antenna which receives a power signal from a remote external power signal transmitting antenna. As a further alternative, thereinforcement member 100/200/300/600 may be heated by remote inductive heating via an external alternating magnetic field generator. Because significant portions of thereinforcement member 100/200/300/600 may comprise a conductive metallic material, the presence of an alternating magnetic field will inductively heat thereinforcement member 100/200/300/600. Further aspects of these and otherheated reinforcement member 100/200/300/600 embodiments are discussed in more detail with reference toFIGS. 4H-4M . - In all embodiments, various visualization techniques may be used to facilitate implantation of the
reinforcement members 100/200/300/600. For example, real time CT scanning, real time MR imaging, or a combination of preoperative CT or MR images superimposed onto a real time device tracking images such as the system commercially available under the trade name STEALTH™ available from Sofamor Danek. -
FIGS. 4A-4K illustrate various embodiments of thereinforcement member 100 in accordance with the present invention. The embodiments ofFIGS. 4A-4K illustrate various features which may be combined in any way to provide the desiredreinforcement member 100.Reinforcement member 100 may be sized and oriented as shown and discussed with reference toFIGS. 3A and 3B .Reinforcement member 100 includes abody portion 110 and ananchor 120. Theanchor 120 serves to immobilize or limit movement of thereinforcement member 100 relative to theannulus 52. - In
FIGS. 4A, 4D and 4F, the anchor is in the form ofthreads 122 disposed about the periphery of thebody portion 110, which behave like threads on a screw and engage theannulus 52 upon rotation therein. Whenthreads 122 are used, the proximal end of thebody 110 may includeslots 116 as shown inFIG. 4C , which is an end view taken alongline 4C-4C inFIG. 4A . Theslots 116, or any other suitable mating geometry, facilitate rotation with a driver having a mating distal end. InFIG. 4E , theanchor 120 is in the form of slopedrings 124 spaced along the length of thebody portion 110, which behave like rings on a ring-shank nail to engage theannulus 52 upon pushing therein. Those skilled in the art will recognize thatother anchor 120 mechanisms such as barbs, expandable anchors, etc. may also be used. - The
anchor 120 may extend the full length of thebody portion 110 as shown inFIGS. 4A and 4F , or may be disposed only on proximal and distal portions of the body as shown inFIGS. 4D and 4E . Thebody portion 110 may be tubular defining alumen 112 extending therethrough as shown inFIG. 4B , which is a cross-sectional view taken alongline 4B-4B inFIG. 4A . Thelumen 112 facilitates advancement of thereinforcement member 100 over a stylet to facilitate insertion into theannulus 52, as will be discussed in greater detail hereinafter. Alternatively, thebody portion 110 may have a solid cross-section as shown inFIG. 4G , which is a cross-sectional view taken along line 4G-4G inFIG. 4F . In this alternative embodiment, the solidcross-section body portion 110 may include a sharpeneddistal tip 114 as shown inFIG. 4F to facilitate insertion into theannulus 52. - Preferably, the
threads 122 have a variable pitch such that the annulus is compressed as thereinforcement member 100 is rotated and advanced into theannulus 52.Variable pitch threads 122, as shown inFIGS. 4A, 4D and 4F, generally have a larger pitch at the distal end of thebody 110 and a smaller pitch at the proximal end of thebody 110. The larger pitchdistal threads 122 pull the annular tissue 52 a greater distance per revolution than the smaller pitchproximal threads 122. Thus, as thereinforcement member 100 is rotated and advanced into theannulus 52, the distal threads pull the annular tissue together and the proximal threads hold the tissue in place thereby compressing theannulus 52. By compressing theannulus 52, thedisc 50 is mechanically stabilized and thefissures 56/58 are closed to facilitated healing. - Although compression of the
annulus 52 is preferred, it is not necessary to have compression in order to provide some degree of mechanical stabilization. To the extent that compression is desired, thevariable pitch threads 122 mentioned above are currently preferred. However, other compression techniques are equally useful. For example, standardconstant pitch threads 122 andtapered rings 124 may achieve compression by utilizing a step-wise advancement and tension technique as will be described in more detail hereinafter. - In order to provide the ability to temporarily heat the
reinforcement member 100 as discussed previously, various modifications to the design of thereinforcement member 100 may be made as described with reference toFIGS. 4H-4M . These design modifications may also be applied toreinforcement members reinforcement member 100 for purposes of illustration only. Although numerous methods may be employed to temporarily heat thereinforcement member 100, two preferred methods, resistive heating and inductive heating are described in detail. -
FIG. 4H illustrates ageneric reinforcement member 100 includingbody portion 110, anchors 120 (not shown for sake of clarity) andheating element 140 in the form of a resistive wire.FIG. 4I is a cross-sectional view taken along line 41-41 inFIG. 4H .Resistive wire 140 may be helically wound on the outer surface of thebody 110, the inner surface of thebody 110, or in the wall of thebody 110. Preferablyresistance wire 140 is helically incorporated into the wall of thebody portion 110 at the time of fabrication, for example by insert/injection molding.Resistance wire 140 may helically traverse the length of thebody 110 in one pitch direction, then traverses back in the opposite direction in an opposite pitch direction. In this manner, a single wire traverses the length of thebody 110, but has two ends at the proximal end of thebody 110 available for connection to an electrical power source or receiving antenna. -
Resistance wire 140 is conductive, but offers a high enough resistance to heat during the application of electrical current. The wire may be made of a variety of conductive metals, including copper, tungsten, platinum, or gold, and may be covered/coated with a biocompatible material. Preferably, theresistance wire 140 is formed of a biocompatible metal, but this is not essential as long as direct tissue exposure is avoided such as when a biocompatible covering/coating is used or when thewire 140 is embedded in the wall ofbody 110. Since the wire will be heated to a relatively high temperature (e.g., 50 to 90 degrees centigrade), thebody 110 or covering is preferably made of a material which can withstand elevated temperatures, preferably of a high temperature polymer such as Polyimide, PTFE, Kynar, or PEEK. - Electrification of
resistance wire 140 may be accomplished by initially incorporating a pair of releasable lowresistance lead wires 142 to the ends of theresistance wire 140, as shown inFIG. 4H . Thelead wires 142 are passed through or reside alongsidedriver 440 during the advancement ofreinforcement member 100 as described with referenceFIGS. 8A-8L . If they are passed through thedriver 440, the driver must be hollow. Once thereinforcement member 100 is fully implanted, thelead wires 142 are connected to apower source 146, which delivers electrical current to thereinforcement member 100, causing it and the surrounding tissue to heat to a desired temperature for a desired period of time. The temperature of theresistance wire 140 may be monitored by measuring the current demand from thepower source 146 or by positioning a thermocouple (not shown) adjacent the proximal end of thereinforcement member 100. Once the heating step is finished, the releasable leads 142 are removed from theresistance wires 140 utilizingreleasable connection 141. Removal of the releasable leads 142 may be accommodated by providing a low tensile strength connection which separates by pulling, or by providing a fusible metal strip connection which separates by applying electric current above a threshold value. Such a fusible metal strip connection may also serve to self-limit the degree to which the reinforcement member is heated. - Alternatively, the
leads 142 are not removable, but stay attached to theresistive wires 140 andreinforcement member 100, as illustrated inFIG. 4J . In this embodiment, and preferably after thereinforcement member 100 is implanted, theleads 142 are attached to an implantable receiver antenna such asconductive wire coil 144. Thereceiver coil 144 may be incorporated into ahousing 145 having a flat disc shape which is subcutaneously positioned adjacent the access site. Since thelead wires 142 and thereceiver coil 144 are implanted within the body, thehousing 145 and thelead wires 142 are preferably encased in a biocompatible and stable material, for example silicone rubber. -
FIG. 4K illustrates an example of a suitable implant position for thereceiver coil 144, relative to thevertebral column 10, preferably adjacent the lumbar disc being treated. Thereceiver coil 144 andhousing 145 are oriented parallel to the surface of the skin, and the access site is then closed. Once positioned, a similarly shaped transmittingcoil 148 is placed on the skin surface, adjacent and overlapping thesubcutaneous receiver coil 144. The transmittingcoil 148 is connected to apower source 146 and associated transmission circuit. When an alternating current is delivered to the transmittingcoil 148, a corresponding alternating current is generated in the receivingcoil 144, which in turn causes theresistance wire 140 and thereinforcement member 100 to heat. - One advantage of this resistive heating method is that the heating procedure can be repeated multiple times, without the need for reoperation or any other invasive procedure. For example, the patient may have the implanted reinforcement member(s) 100 heated upon initial implantation, and have them re-heated at any such time as back pain may recur. One of the mechanisms by which heat is believed to minimize back pain is by the destruction of nerve endings at the periphery of the annulus. However, new nerve endings may permeate the annulus, necessitating a subsequent heating to return the patient to a pain-free state.
- As an alternative to the
antennas 144/148, atransdermal plug 149 may be used to establish direct connection between theleads 142 and thepower source 146. The plug 129 includes an internal implantable portion and an external portion. To facilitate immediate heating of thereinforcement member 100, the internal and external portions of the plug 129 may be connected just after implantation of thereinforcement member 100, but prior to closing the access site. The internal portion of the plug 129 is then positioned just below the skin and the access site is closed. To facilitate post-operative heating, a small incision may be made in the skin to connect the internal and external portions of the plug 129. - An alternate method of
heating reinforcement member 100 and surrounding annular tissue is the use of inductive heating. Inductive heating is used in many industrial and some medical applications. Essentially, a high frequency alternating magnetic field is oriented on the object to be heated. The alternating magnetic field causes eddy currents in the object to be heated. These eddy currents then cause ohmic heating. As long as the object to be heated is conductive, usually metallic, it may be inductively heated. - To facilitate inductive heating, all or a significant portion of
reinforcement member 100 is fabricated of a conductive metal, such as stainless steel, carbon steel, MP35N, nickel titanium alloy, or tungsten. The choice of material will influence the parameters needed for the inducting power source. Preferably, theentire body 110 is fabricated of the conductive metal. - With reference to
FIG. 4M , the inductor may include apower source 152 coupled byleads 154 to acoil 150 which generates a large alternating magnetic field. Thecoil 150 may have a long tubular shape, inside which the patient resides during heating, or may be of a smaller size (as illustrated) which is oriented toward thereinforcement member 100. The main parameters which need to be adjusted to result in a desired heating of thereinforcement member 100 are the frequency and amplitude of the alternating magnetic field. Typical frequencies will range from about 10 kHz to 10 MHz. Inductive heating also has the advantage of allowing for multiple subsequent heating treatments for the patient, should back pain recur. - While the
reinforcement member 100 is preferably a permanently implanted device, the incorporation of temporary heating immediately or shortly after implantation allows for the possibility of temporary implantation. In this usage ofreinforcement member 100, it is implanted using the methods and tools described in further detail below. But, once fully implanted, a transient heating step is performed. Because the reinforcement member causes the annular tissue to compress circumferentially and/or radially, the heating is particularly effective at remodeling the annular tissue to a more normal, pre-degenerated condition. Therefore, it may not be necessary to keep the reinforcement member implanted. Thereinforcement member 100 can be removed by essentially reversing the implantation steps. In order to facilitate removal following heating, it is desirable to provide a lubricious coating such as a hydropholic polymer or PTFE coating on the surface of thereinforcement member 100, including thebody 110 andanchor 120. -
FIGS. 5A-5C schematically illustrate acircumferential reinforcement member 200, which is generally the same asreinforcement member 100 except as described herein.FIG. 5B is a cross-sectional view taken alongline 5B-5B inFIG. 5A , andFIG. 5C is an end view taken alongline 5C-5C inFIG. 5A . Thecircumferential reinforcement member 200 includes atubular body 210 defining alumen 212 to facilitate advancement over a stylet. Thecircumferential reinforcement member 200 also includes ananchor 220, preferably in the form ofvariable pitch threads 222. The proximal end of thebody 210 the may includeslots 216 or other suitable mating geometry to facilitate rotation by a driver having a mating distal end. Any of the variants ofreinforcement member 100 discussed with reference toFIGS. 4A-4G may be applied tocircumferential reinforcement member 200. - The
circumferential reinforcement member 200 may have a geometry (e.g., circle, ellipse, oval, etc.) corresponding to the geometry of the outer aspects of ahealthy annulus 52, or themember 200 may be naturally straight, taking on a curved shape during implantation. Because thecircumferential reinforcement member 200 is implanted in theannulus 52 around the entire periphery thereof, the reinforcement member maximizes anchoring strength and provides superior stabilization around theentire disc 50. Thus, it is preferable that thereinforcement member 200 define a closed geometry once implanted, or even have overlapping ends, but an open geometry (e.g., semi-ellipse or semi-circle) may also be employed. The size and shape of thereinforcement member 200 may be pre-selected to accommodate anatomical variations of theannulus 52 between patients. The reinforcement member may have a relaxed size that is smaller than the implanted size such that additional radial and circumferential compression is achieved. -
Circumferential reinforcement member 200 may further incorporate design features which allow for temporary heating. As described in connection withreinforcement 100 above, similar features which allow for resistive heating or inductive heating may be incorporated. -
FIGS. 6A-6H schematically illustratereinforcement member 300, including a pair oftubular pins 310, twoscrews 320 and two connectingrings 330 which may be assembled as shown inFIG. 6F . With reference toFIG. 6A , each of thetubular pins 310 includes ashaft portion 312, ahead portion 314 and aconnection mechanism 318. Theshaft 312 is sized to fit within a hole of theconnection ring 330 and thehead 314 is sized larger than the same hole. Theconnection mechanism 318 may comprises a threaded shaft insertable into a threaded hole as shown, or any other known mechanical releasable connection that maintains the profile of theshaft portion 312. As seen inFIG. 6B , which is a cross-sectional view taken alongline 6B-6B inFIG. 6A , theshaft portion 312 includes alumen 313 to facilitate advancement over a stylet. Theheads 314 may each include aslot 316 as seen inFIG. 6C , which is an end view taken alongline 6C-6C inFIG. 6A , or other suitable geometry to mate with a distal end of a driver to facilitate rotation of thepins 310 to screw the releasable connection together. - The
screws 320 include ashaft 322, ahead 324,threads 328 and a sharpenedtip 323 as seen inFIG. 6D . Thescrews 320 may comprise a wide variety of orthopedic screw designs, particularly those suitable for implantation into cartilage and other collagen-based tissues. Theshaft 322 andthreads 326 are sized to fit within a hole of theconnection ring 330 and thehead 324 is sized larger than the same hole. Thehead 324 includesslots 326 as seen inFIG. 6E , which is an end view taken alongline 6E-6E inFIG. 6D , or other suitable mating geometry to facilitate rotation by a driver having a mating distal end. - The connection rings 330 each have first and
second rings 331/333 defining first andsecond holes 332/334 as shown inFIG. 6F . Thefirst hole 332 is sized to provide a sliding fit about theshaft 312 of thepins 310 and the second hole is sized to provide a sliding fit about theshaft 322 andthreads 326 of thescrews 320. As seen in the side view shown inFIG. 6G , each of the connection rings 330 also define anangle 336 between therings 331/333 to accommodate the implanted arrangement as shown inFIG. 6H . - As described above in connection with
reinforcement members reinforcement member 300 can also incorporated features to provide for temporary heating. For example,tubular pins 310 can incorporate resistive wire, or can be fabricated of a conductive metallic material, in a manner similar to that described forreinforcement members - Referring now to
FIGS. 7A-7F ,various tools tools reinforcement members 100 discussed above. The tools include a rigid, sharpened,hollow trocar 410 as shown inFIG. 7A , a semi-rigid, sharpened, hollowcurved needle 420 as shown inFIG. 7B , a sharpenedcurved stylet 430 as shown inFIG. 7C , and ahollow driver 440 as shown inFIG. 7D . As seen inFIG. 7E , the sharpenedstylet 430 fits into thesemi-rigid needle 420 which fits into therigid trocar 410. As seen inFIG. 7F , the sharpenedstylet 430 fits into thehollow driver 440 which fits into therigid trocar 410. - With specific reference to
FIG. 7A , the rigidhollow trocar 410 includes ahollow shaft 412 and a grip or handle 414. Theshaft 412 includes a sharpenedtip 413 to facilitate passage through the skin and back muscles, and insertion into theannulus 52. Theshaft 412 is preferably made of a rigid metal such as a stainless steel hypodermic tube. Thegrip 414 may comprise a polymer and may be formed by insert injection molding with theshaft 412 inserted into the mold. - With specific reference to
FIG. 7B , the semi-rigidcurved needle 420 includes a hollow shaft 422 ahub 424. Theshaft 422, which includes a sharpenedtip 423, is longer than therigid trocar 410 and has an outside diameter sufficiently small to fit into therigid trocar 410. Theshaft 422 is preferably made of a semi-rigid polymer or composite. Theshaft 422 includes a curveddistal portion 426 that may be straightened (shown in phantom) upon insertion of thesemi-rigid needle 420 into the lumen of therigid trocar 410. Thehub 424 may include a fitting 425 to facilitate connection to a fluid source or a pressure source (e.g., a syringe). - With specific reference to
FIG. 7C , the sharpenedcurved stylet 430 includes aflexible shaft 432 and a sharpeneddistal end 433. Thedistal tip 433 may optionally include ananchor 435 such as threads, tapered rings or barbs to facilitate the step-wise advancement and tension technique as will be described in detail hereinafter. If threads are used for theanchor 435, the curvature 434 of the distal portion of theshaft 432 may be eliminated to facilitate efficient torque transfer. Theshaft 432 includes a curve 434 which approximates the curvature and diameter of the outer aspects of the annulus where thereinforcement member 100 is to be implanted. Theshaft 432 is longer than the both therigid trocar 410 and thesemi-rigid needle 420, and may have a length on the order of 10 to 60 cm. Theshaft 432 also has an outside diameter sufficiently small to fit into thesemi-rigid needle 420. Theshaft 422 preferably has a flexible but pushable construction incorporating a rigid metal such as stainless steel, or super-elastic nickel-titanium alloy. The sharpenedstylet 430 is preferably highly elastic, to resist permanent set upon insertion into thecurved portion 426 of thesemi-rigid needle 420. - With specific reference to
FIG. 7D , thehollow driver 440 includes ahollow shaft 442 and a grip or handle 444. The distal end of thehollow shaft 442 includes atip 446 defining a geometry which mates with an end of thereinforcement member 100 to facilitate rotation thereof during implantation. Theshaft 442 is preferably made of a torsionally rigid metal such as a stainless tool steel. Thegrip 444 may comprise a polymer and may be formed by insert injection molding with theshaft 442 inserted into the mold. - With general reference to
FIGS. 8A-8L , the steps for implantingreinforcement member 100 are illustrated. It should be understood that the procedure for implanting asingle member 100 in the posterior portion of theannulus 52 is shown for purposes of illustration, not limitation. All of the variables with regard to quantity, location, orientation, etc. discussed previously may be implemented by varying the generic procedure described hereinafter. - The method illustrated in
FIGS. 8A-8L is a percutaneous procedure in which access to thedisc 50 is achieved utilizing a number of small diameter tools which may be inserted through a patient's back (skin and back muscles), between adjacent vertebrae, and into the patient'sdisc 50. This percutaneous method minimizes the invasiveness of the procedure thereby reducing procedure time, procedure cost, postoperative pain and recovery time. - Initially, as shown in
FIG. 8A , therigid trocar 410 is positioned for insertion into thedisc 50 as in a conventional discogram procedure. Therigid trocar 410 is advanced until thedistal tip 413 of thetrocar 410 is proximate the outer periphery of the posterior portion of theannulus 52 as seen inFIG. 8B . - The
curved portion 426 of thesemi-rigid needle 420 is straightened for insertion into thetrocar 410 as shown inFIG. 8C . The semi-rigid needle 420 (alone or with stylet 430) is advanced relative to therigid trocar 410 until thecurved portion 426 of the semi-rigid needle exits thedistal tip 413 of therigid trocar 410 and the desired amount of curvature is established, as seen inFIG. 8D . Thecurved portion 426 may be advanced until thetip 423 is roughly parallel to the posterior curvature of theannulus 52. - The sharpened
stylet 430 is then positioned for insertion into thesemi-rigid needle 420 as shown inFIG. 8E . The sharpenedstylet 430 is advanced relative to thesemi-rigid needle 420 until thedistal tip 433 of thestylet 430 extends acrossradial fissures 56, as shown inFIG. 8F . - The semi-rigid
curved needle 420 is removed from thestylet 430 andtrocar 410, and thereinforcement member 100 is positioned for advancement over thestylet 430 as shown inFIG. 8G . Thereinforcement member 100 is advanced over thestylet 430 and into thetrocar 410, and thedriver 440 is positioned for advancement over thestylet 430 as shown inFIG. 8H . Thedriver 440 is then rotated and advanced over thestylet 430 in order to rotate and push thereinforcement member 100 into the annulus and across the radial fissures 56 as seen inFIG. 8I . If thereinforcement member 100 utilizes an anchor other than threads, thedriver 440 may be used to simply push or otherwise advance thereinforcement member 100 through thetrocar 410 and into theannulus 52. - If a solid
cross-section reinforcement member 100 is utilized, it is not necessary to utilize thestylet 430. In this situation, the curvedsemi-rigid needle 420 is left in place as shown inFIG. 8E and the solidcross-section reinforcement member 100 is advanced therethrough. Thedriver 440 is then rotated and advanced through the curvedsemi-rigid needle 420 in order to rotate and push thereinforcement member 100 into theannulus 52 and across the radial fissures 56. In this alternative method, it may be necessary to resize the curvedsemi-rigid needle 420 to accommodate thedriver 440 andreinforcement member 100. - The variable pitch threads on the
reinforcement member 100 compress thedisc 50 and cause thefissures 56 to close as discussed previously. If variable pitch threads are not utilized on thereinforcement member 100, other techniques may be used to compress thedisc 50 and close the radial fissures 56. An example of analternative disc 50 compression technique is a step-wise advancement and tension method. In this alternative method, thedistal tip 433 of thestylet 430 is incorporated with ananchor 435 such as threads. After thedistal tip 433 of thestylet 430 has been advanced by rotation to extend across thefissures 56, and before thereinforcement member 100 has been advanced into theannulus 52, the stylet is pulled in the proximal direction to apply tension thereto. Because the threaded anchor at thedistal end 433 of thestylet 430 grips theannulus 52, tension applied to thestylet 430 compresses a portion of thedisc 50 and closes thefissures 56. Once compression of thedisc 50 and closure of thefissures 56 are established, thereinforcement member 100 may be advanced into theannulus 52 to maintaindisc 50 compression and hold thefissures 56 closed. This method of step-wise advancement and tension may be repeated until thereinforcement member 100 is fully implanted in the desired position within theannulus 52. - After the
reinforcement member 100 is positioned across the radial fissures 56 as shown inFIG. 8I , the stylet is advanced until the distal tip extends across thecircumferential fissure 58 as shown inFIG. 8J . Note that the curvature 434 of thestylet 430 defines the insertion path of thereinforcement member 100. It has been observed that the preset curvature 434 of thestylet 430 will correspond to the insertion path if thetip 433 is very sharp. With thestylet 430 advanced such that the tip extends acrossfissure 58, thedriver 440 is then used to rotate and advance thereinforcement member 100 across thefissure 58 as shown inFIG. 8K . The variable pitch threads on thereinforcement member 100 compress thedisc 50 and cause thefissure 58 to close as discussed previously. Once thereinforcement member 100 is completely deployed within theannulus 52 as shown inFIG. 8L , thetools 410/430/440 may be removed from the patient and the procedure is essentially complete. - With general reference to
FIGS. 9A-9F , schematic illustrations ofadditional tools 450/460/720 for use in the method of implantingreinforcement member 200 are shown. The additional tools include avariable curvature stylet 450 as shown inFIG. 9A , a stiffeningmandrel 460 as shown inFIG. 9B , and anadvancement tool 720 as shown inFIG. 9D . Thevariable curvature stylet 450 is hollow which permits insertion of the stiffeningmandrel 460 as shown inFIG. 9C . - As seen in
FIG. 9A , thevariable curvature stylet 450 includes atubular shaft 452, a curveddistal portion 454 and a closeddistal end 453 which is sharpened. Thevariable curvature stylet 450 is substantially the same as thecurved stylet 430 described previously, except for the provision of a lumen into which thestiffening mandrel 460 is insertable. As seen inFIG. 9B , the stiffeningmandrel 460 includes anelongate shaft 462 and ablunt tip 463. Theshaft 462 and tip 463 of the stiffeningmandrel 460 are sized to be inserted into thehollow shaft 452 of thestylet 450. Thehollow stylet 450 and the stiffeningmandrel 460 may be made of stainless steel, nickel titanium alloy or the like. - As can be seen from a comparison of
FIGS. 9A and 9C , upon insertion of the stiffeningmandrel 460 into thehollow stylet 450, the curvature increases. Preferably the stiffeningmandrel 460 is inserted fully into thehollow stylet 450 to increase the radius of curvature of the distal portion of thecurvature 454, since the distal portion of thecurvature 454 dictates the path that thestylet 450 will follow. The relative stiffness of thestylet 450 and stiffeningmandrel 460 may be selected to vary the amount of change in thecurvature 454. Thevariable curvature 454 may be used to navigate around the changing curvature of theannulus 52 as described hereinafter. At any point during advancement of thestylet 450, thecurvature 454 may be adjusted by insertion of an appropriatelystiff mandrel 460. The path defined by thestylet 450 may thus be customized to anyparticular disc 50 anatomy. - As seen in
FIG. 9D ,advancement tool 720 may be optionally employed to drive the distal end of thehollow stylet 450 throughannular tissue 52. Theadvancement tool 720 includes an elongatetubular shaft 722, with ahandle 724 connected to its proximal end and a plurality ofthreads 726 connected to its distal end. Thetubular shaft 722 of theadvancement tool 720 includes a lumen which is sized to accommodate thevariable curvature stylet 450 therein. To transfer forces from the distal end of theadvancement tool 720 to the distal end of thestylet 450, thevariable curvature stylet 450 may include atapered collar 456. With this arrangement, theadvancement tool 720 may be advanced over thevariable curvature stylet 450 until the distal end of theshaft 722 abuts thecollar 456 on thevariable curvature stylet 450. During use, thethreads 726 engage theannular tissue 52 and upon rotation, apply longitudinal forces against thecollar 456, and thereby cause distal advancement of thevariable curvature stylet 450. Thethreads 726 are rotated by manually rotatinghandle 724, which transmits torsional forces along theelongate shaft 722 to thedistal threads 726. To provide adequate transmission of torsional forces, thetubular shaft 722 may further comprise a composite structure as illustrated inFIG. 9E or metallic tubular structure as illustrated inFIG. 9F . - With specific reference to
FIG. 9E , thetubular shaft 722 comprises a composite structure having anouter layer 721 disposed about areinforcement layer 723 disposed about aninner layer 725. Theouter layer 721 and theinner layer 725 may comprise a polymeric material having a relatively low coefficient of friction such as PTFE or HDPE. Thereinforcement layer 723 is preferably torsionally rigid in both directions of rotation, as may be provided by an interwoven wire braid or by multiple wire coils wound in opposite directions. - With specific reference to
FIG. 9F , the elongatetubular shaft 722 comprises atube 727 which may be formed of a highly elastic and rigid metal such as stainless steel, nickel titanium alloy, or the like. Themetallic tube 727 includes a plurality ofslots 729 spaced at regular increments along the length of theshaft 722. Theslots 729 extend through the wall of themetallic tube 727, but do not extend about the entire circumference of themetallic tube 727. Thus, theslots 729 impart flexibility to theflexible tube 727, while maintaining torsional rigidity thereof. - With general reference to
FIGS. 10A-10H , the steps for implantingcircumferential reinforcement member 200 are illustrated. All of the variables with regard to quantity, location, orientation, etc. discussed previously may be implemented by varying the generic procedure described hereinafter. The method illustrated inFIGS. 10A-10H is a percutaneous procedure in which access to thedisc 50 is achieved utilizing a number of small diameter tools which may be inserted through a patient's back (skin and back muscles), between adjacent vertebrae, and into the patient'sdisc 50. - Initially, as shown in
FIG. 10A , therigid trocar 410 is advanced into theannulus 52 of thedisc 50. Thetrocar 410 is advanced until thedistal tip 413 thereof is disposed in the lateral portion of theannulus 52 roughly half way between the posterior and anterior portions of theannulus 52 as seen inFIG. 10B . The hollowcurved stylet 450 with the stiffeningmandrel 460 inserted therein is then advanced into thetrocar 410. Note that an appropriatestiff mandrel 460 has been fully inserted into the hollow stylet 450 a sufficient distance to define acurvature 454 that approximates the curvature of the anterior portion of theannulus 52. Continued advancement of thehollow stylet 450 and stiffeningmandrel 460 as a unit cause thestylet 450 to traverse the anterior portion of theannulus 52 as shown inFIG. 10C . - After the
distal tip 453 of thestylet 450 is positioned roughly halfway between the posterior and anterior portions of theannulus 52 as seen inFIG. 10C , the stiffeningmandrel 460 is retracted or removed from thestylet 450 to define asmaller curvature 454 that approximates the curvature of the posterior lateral portion of theannulus 52. Thestylet 450 is then advanced until thedistal tip 453 thereof enters the posterior portion of theannulus 52 as shown inFIG. 10D . - An appropriately
stiff mandrel 460 is then advanced or inserted into thehollow stylet 450 to define acurvature 454 that approximates the curvature of the posterior portion of theannulus 52. The stylet is then advanced across the posterior portion of theannulus 52. The stiffeningmandrel 460 is then retracted or removed from thestylet 450 to define asmaller curvature 454 that approximates the curvature of the posterior lateral portion of theannulus 52. Thestylet 450 is then advanced until thedistal tip 453 thereof is positioned adjacent thedistal tip 413 of thetrocar 410 as shown inFIG. 10E . - The
trocar 410 is then removed from the patient leaving thestylet 450 in theannulus 52 to define the insertion path for thereinforcement member 200 as shown inFIG. 10F . Thecircumferential reinforcement member 200 anddriver 440 are then advanced over thestylet 450 as shown inFIG. 10G . Using thedriver 440 to push and rotate thecircumferential reinforcement member 200, themember 200 is advanced into theannulus 52 along the path defined by thestylet 450 until the distal end of thereinforcement member 200 is adjacent the proximal end of thereinforcement member 200. Note that thevariable pitch threads 222 compress thedisc 50 and cause thefissure 56/58 to close. If thereinforcement member 200 includes ananchor 220 other than threads (e.g., sloped rings, barbs, etc.) thedriver 440 may be used to simply push thereinforcement member 200 into theannulus 52. Once thereinforcement member 200 is in the desired position, thedriver 440 andstylet 450 may be removed from the patient to complete the procedure. - With general reference to
FIGS. 11A-11H , the steps for implantingreinforcement member 300 are illustrated. All of the variables with regard to quantity, location, orientation, etc. discussed previously may be implemented by varying the generic procedure described hereinafter. The method illustrated inFIGS. 11A-11H is a percutaneous procedure in which access to thedisc 50 is achieved utilizing a number of small diameter tools which may be inserted through a patient's back (skin and back muscles), between adjacent vertebrae, and into the patient'sdisc 50. - Initially, as shown in
FIG. 11A , twotrocars 410 are positioned for insertion into thedisc 50. Thetrocars 410 are advanced until thedistal tip 413 of eachtrocar 410 is proximate the outer periphery of the posterior portion of theannulus 52 as seen inFIG. 11B . Thecurved stylet 430 is then advanced into one of thetrocars 410 and advanced into theannulus 52 as shown inFIG. 11C . Thecurved stylet 430 is then advanced across theposterior annulus 52, into thedistal tip 413 of theother trocar 410, and out the proximal end of theother trocar 410 as shown inFIG. 11D . The curvature 434 of thestylet 430 is selected such that thetip 433 of thestylet 430 traverses the posterior portion of theannulus 52 and automatically enters into theother trocar 410. To facilitate automatic insertion of the stylet into theother trocar 410, the inside diameter of thetrocar 410 may be tapered to increase the inside diameter closer to thetip 413. As mentioned previously, thestylet 430 will follow a path in theannulus 52 corresponding to the curvature 434 of thestylet 430 if thetip 433 is very sharp. - The
trocars 410 are then removed from the patient leaving thestylet 430 in place as shown inFIG. 11E . Also as shown inFIG. 11E , thescrews 320 are placed in theholes 334 of the connection rings 330, and the connection rings 330 are slid onto thestylet 430 throughholes 332. Thescrews 320 are then screwed into theannulus 52 as shown inFIG. 11F using a conventional driver (not shown). Placing thescrews 320 in the lateral portions of theannulus 52 takes advantage of the generally greater integrity (usually thicker and healthier) of the lateral portions of theannulus 52 to establish firm anchor points. - Also as shown in
FIG. 11F , thetubular pins 310 are positioned on thestylet 430. Thetubular pins 310 are then advanced over thestylet 430, across the posterior portion of theannulus 52, and screwed together as shown inFIG. 11G using driver 440 (not shown). Thepins 310 are have an assembled length which is shorter than the length of the stylet traversing theannulus 52 such that connection of thepins 310 causes compression of thedisc 50 and closure of thefissures 56/58. After removal of thestylet 430, thescrews 320 may be tightened further into theannulus 52 in order to further compress thedisc 50 and close thefissures 56/58 as shown inFIG. 11H . - With general reference to
FIGS. 12A-12G ,FIGS. 13-15 ,FIGS. 16A-16E , andFIGS. 17A-17D , schematic illustrations ofadditional tools 710/730/740/750/800/900 are shown for use in implantingreinforcement member 600 in accordance with the method illustrated inFIGS. 18A-18L . The additional tools include a curved stylet orneedle 710 as shownFIGS. 12A-12G , a guide tube orsheath 730 as shown inFIG. 13 , apledget push rod 740 as shown inFIG. 14 , apledget 750 as shown inFIGS. 14 and 15 , a column support andadvancement device 800 forstylet 710 as shown inFIGS. 16A-16E , and a column support andadvancement device 900 forstylet 710 andsheath 730 as shown inFIGS. 17A-17D .Tools 710/730/800/900 and the associated method may be utilized to implant other reinforcement members described herein, includingreinforcement members 100/200/300. - With specific reference to
FIGS. 12A-12G , the stylet orneedle 710 includes a flexibleelongate shaft 711 and a sharpeneddistal end 714. Thestylet 710 is similar to thecurved stylet 430 described with reference toFIG. 7C , except as described herein and apparent from the drawings. The stylet orneedle 710 may have a substantially straightdistal portion 712A as shown inFIG. 12A . Alternatively, thestylet 710 may be curved as illustrated inFIGS. 12B-12E . - For example, in
FIG. 12A , thestylet 710A includes a straightdistal portion 712A. InFIG. 12B , thestylet 710B includes acurved portion 712B having a curvature that may, for example, correspond to the anterior curvature of theannulus 52. InFIG. 12C , thestylet 710C includes acurved portion 712C having a curvature that may, for example, correspond to the curvature of the lateral portions of theannulus 52. InFIG. 12D , thestylet 710D includes a distalcurved portion 712D having a curvature that permits relatively sharp turns or counter-turns during navigation through theannulus 52. InFIG. 12E , thestylet 710E has aprimary curvature 712E and a secondaryopposite curvature 716E proximal thereon. The provision of aprimary curvature 712E in addition to a secondaryopposite curvature 716E allows thestylet 710E to change directions during navigation within theannulus 52. To this end, thesecondary curvature 716E may have a curvature corresponding to the path already defined through theannulus 52 during navigation, and theprimary curvature 712E may have a curvature corresponding to the path to be taken by thestylet 710E upon further advancement through theannulus 52. Although a limited number ofdistal configurations 712 have been illustrated, it is contemplated that a variety ofstylets 710 having a variety ofdistal geometries 712 may be employed during the implantation procedures described hereinafter. - The
shaft 711 of thestylet 710 preferably has a flexible but pushable construction incorporating a rigid metal mandrel such as stainless steel, or a super-elastic alloy such as nickel-titanium. Highly elastic or super-elastic materials incorporated into theelongate shaft 711 resist permanent deformation during insertion and navigation through theannulus 52. Theshaft 711 of thestylet 710 may have a diameter ranging from 0.010 to 0.025 inches, which may vary depending on the tortuosity of the annular path and the characteristics (toughness, friction) of theannular material 52. Theshaft 711 may be coated with a lubricious material such as PTFE and a hydrophilic polymer. - It has been found that if the
tip 714 is sufficiently sharp to easily penetrateannular tissue 52, the path through theannular tissue 52 taken by thestylet 710 will substantially conform to the geometry of thedistal portion 712 of thestylet 710. In particular, if thedistal portion 712 is substantially straight, thestylet 710 will define a linear path through theannular tissue 52. Alternatively, if thedistal portion 712 has a curve or other nonlinear geometry (in a relaxed state), thestylet 710 will define a path through theannular tissue 52 corresponding to the shape of thedistal portion 712. To this end, it is desirable to provide atip 714 having sufficient sharpness to readily penetrateannular tissue 52, which tends to be relatively fibrous and tough. Thedistal tip 714 may have asymmetrical geometry 714A as illustrated inFIG. 12F or anasymmetrical geometry 714B as illustrated inFIG. 12G , and preferably has a fine to micro-fine sharpness. By providing a sufficientlysharp tip 714, navigation through theannulus 52 may be performed in a predictable manner as described in more detail hereinafter. - With specific reference to
FIG. 13 , the guide tube orsheath 730 includes an elongatetubular shaft 732 having a lumen extending therethrough sized to accommodate thestylet 710. The guide tube orsheath 730 preferably has a relatively thin wall structure so as to minimize the increase in profile relative to thestylet 710. In addition, the inside surface of theshaft 732 preferably has a low friction coating or liner such as PTFE to minimize friction between theguide sheath 730 and thestylet 710. Theguide sheath 730 preferably is able to withstand relatively high longitudinal compressive forces and therefore, preferably comprises a relatively rigid but flexible material such as PTFE or polyimide. For example, thetubular shaft 732 may comprise a polyimide tube having an inside diameter approximately 0.0005 to 0.001 inches greater than the outside diameter of thestylet 710, with a wall thickness of approximately 0.0005 to 0.003 inches. Thetubular shaft 732 may further incorporate a reinforcement layer such as a metallic braid or the like to help prevent various modes of buckling. - With specific reference to
FIG. 14 , thepledget push rod 740 includes an elongaterigid shaft 742 comprising, for example, a stainless steel rod. The distal end of theshaft 742 is connected to pledget 750 by way of areleasable connection 744.Releasable connection 744 may comprise, for example, a weakened area of therod 742 orpledget 750 that may be broken by application of torsional forces to therod 742. - With specific reference to
FIG. 15 , thepledget 750 includes abody portion 752 and twoholes 754 sized to accommodate thestylet 710 andreinforcement member 600. Thebody portion 752 may comprise a metallic or polymeric material. Examples of suitable metallic materials include stainless steel and super-elastic alloys such as nickel-titanium. If thebody portion 752 comprises a polymeric material, the polymeric material may be biologically inert, biodegradable or bioabsorbable. Examples of suitable polymeric materials comprising biologically stable or inert materials include HDPE and PTFE. Examples of biodegradable or bioabsorbable materials include resorbable collagen, LPLA (poly(l-lactide)), DLPLA (poly(dl-lactide)), LPLA-DLPLA, PGA (polyglycolide), PGA-LPLA or PGA-DLPLA. Thebody portion 752 of thepledget 750 may be coated with biocompatible materials, growth factors to facilitate healing, agents which render the nuclear matter inert or otherwise reduce chemical irritation thereof, and/or anesthetic agents to reduce nerve signal transmission (i.e., pain). - With specific reference to
FIGS. 16A-16E , the column support andadvancement device 800 for use withstylet 710 is shown.Device 810 includes ashaft portion 810 which extends through and is rigidly connected to aproximal handle assembly 812. The distal end of theshaft 810 may incorporate a plurality ofthreads 814 to rotationally engage and bore through tissues in the back (dermal and muscular tissues) and anchor against tissues immediately adjacent the point of entry into theannulus 52. Thedistal tip 815 of theshaft 810 may also be sharpened to facilitate penetration through tissues in the back. Theshaft 810 comprises a rigid metal tube having a lumen extending therethrough adapted to receive thestylet 710. The inside surface of thetubular shaft 810 may be provided with a low friction liner or coating such as PTFE. Within thehandle 812, theshaft 810 includes a slot aligned with a slot orkeyway 816 in thehandle 812, which is sized and shaped to accommodate key 820. The slot in theshaft 810 contained within thehandle assembly 812 has a width that is less than that of the outside diameter of thestylet 710 such that thestylet 710 cannot pass therethrough and such that theshaft 810 provides column support to thestylet 710 and prohibits buckling thereof. -
Key 820 includes athumb button 822 which may incorporate a plurality ofgrip members 828. Ametallic plate 824 extends downwardly from thebody portion 822 and has a geometry which substantially conforms to keyway 816. The bottom of theplate 824 incorporates one ormore protrusions 826.Protrusions 826 engage and mate withrecesses 715 formed in the proximal end of thestylet 710.Protrusions 826 and recesses 715 may be replaced by a wide variety of mating geometries to facilitate engagement between the key 820 and the proximal end of thestylet 710. - Upon depression of the
thumb button 822 relative to thehandle 812, theplate 824 travels in a downward direction to force theprotrusions 826 into therecesses 715. Thethumb button 822 may then be advanced in the distal direction, while maintaining downward pressure, to advance thestylet 710 in the distal direction relative to theshaft 810 intoannular tissue 52. Although thestylet 710 may encounter substantial resistance during advancement throughannular tissue 52, and despite the relative flexibility of thestylet 710, theshaft 810 of theadvancement device 800 provides sufficient column strength to thestylet 710 to resist buckling during advancement. - After the key 820 has been advanced to the distal end of the
handle 812, the downward force applied to thethumb button 822 may be removed to disengage theprotrusions 826 from therecesses 715 in thestylet 710. To facilitate disengagement of theteeth 826 from therecesses 715, a pair ofleaf springs 825 may be provided on either side of theplate 824 to urge the key 820 in the upward direction relative to thehandle 812. In the disengaged position, the key 820 may be moved to the proximal end of thehandle 812, and a downward force may be reapplied to thethumb button 822 to cause engagement of theprotrusions 826 with therecesses 715. Thethumb button 822 may then be advanced again in the distal direction relative to thehandle 812 to advance thestylet 710 further into theannular tissue 52. - This procedure may be repeated until the
stylet 710 is advanced the desired distance. In addition, with the key 820 in the disengaged position, thestylet 710 may be removed for adifferent stylet 710 having a different distal curvature, for example. To exchange thestylet 710, downward pressure against thethumb button 822 is removed to allow the key 820 to be urged in the upward direction bysprings 825, to thereby disengage theprotrusions 826 from therecesses 715. In the disengaged position, thestylet 710 may be removed from thedevice 800 by pulling thestylet 710 in the proximal direction. Asecond stylet 710 may be inserted into thedevice 800 by inserting the distal end of thestylet 710 into the proximal end of the lumen of theshaft 810 located at the proximal end of thehandle assembly 812. The stylet may then be advanced until the distal end thereof exits the distal end of theshaft 810. - With specific reference to
FIGS. 17A-17D , column support andadvancement device 900 for use withstylet 710 andsheath 730 is shown.Device 900 includes a rigid metallictubular shaft 910 having ahandle 912 connected to its proximal end. A plurality ofthreads 914 are provided at the distal end of theshaft 910 to facilitate advancement through tissues up to the perimeter of theannulus 52, and to facilitate anchoring of thetubular shaft 910 adjacent the periphery of theannulus 52. Thedistal tip 915 of thetubular shaft 910 is sharpened to facilitate advancement through dermal and muscular tissues in the back up to and adjacent theannulus 52. Thetubular shaft 910 has an inside diameter sized to accommodate theguide sheath 730 which is sized to accommodate thestylet 710. The inside diameter of thetubular shaft 910 may incorporate a low friction coating such as PTFE to minimize friction between thetubular shaft 910 and thetubular sheath 730. - The
tubular shaft 910 includes ahelical slot 916 which passes through the wall thereof and extends from a point adjacent thehandle 912 to a mid portion of theshaft 910. Aproximal nut 920 and adistal nut 930 are disposed about theshaft 910 and cooperate with thehelical slot 916 such that they may be independently longitudinally advanced and retracted by rotation thereof relative to theshaft 910. - As best seen in
FIG. 17B , theproximal nut 920 abuts a collar 918 fixedly connected to thestylet 710. Similarly, thedistal nut 930 abuts acollar 732 fixedly attached to thetubular sheath 730. Thus, longitudinal advancement ofnut 920 by rotation thereof relative to theshaft 910 causes corresponding longitudinal advancement of thestylet 710. Similarly, longitudinal advancement ofnut 930 by rotation thereof relative toshaft 910 causes corresponding longitudinal advancement of thetubular sheath 730. - As seen in
FIG. 17C ,proximal nut 920 includes acollar 924 connected to abearing 926 by a pair ofarms 922. Thearms 922 extend through thehelical slot 916 in theshaft 910. Thecollar 924 extends around the outside of theshaft 910, and thebearing 926 fits within the lumen of theshaft 910. Thebearing 926 has an inside diameter sized to accommodate thestylet 710 in an outside diameter sufficient to engage and abut thecollar 718, while permitting relative rotational movement. Theside openings 928 in thecollar 924 and bearing 926 permit theproximal nut 920 to be removed from theshaft 910, which in turn permits thestylet 710 to be removed from thedevice 900 and replaced with adifferent stylet 710 having a different distal curvature, for example. - As seen in
FIG. 17D , thedistal nut 730 includes acollar 934 connected to abearing 936 by a pair ofarms 932. Thecollar 934 has an inside diameter sufficient to accommodate the outside diameter of theshaft 910. Thebearing 936 has an outside diameter sized to fit within the lumen of theshaft 910 and sized to engage and abut thecollar 732 on thetubular sheath 730. The bearing 936 also has an inside diameter sufficient to accommodate thetubular sheath 730, while allowing relative rotational movement. - With this arrangement, the
stylet 710 may be advanced independently of thesheath 730, and visa-versa. In addition, with this arrangement, both thetubular sheath 730 and thestylet 710 have column support proximal of the path being navigated through theannulus 52. - With general reference to
FIGS. 18A-18L , the steps for implantingreinforcement member 600 are illustrated. The method illustrated inFIGS. 18A-18L utilizesstylet 710 to navigate through theannulus 52 andimplant reinforcement member 600. The method illustrated inFIGS. 18A-18L may be modified to make use ofhollow stylet 450 and stiffeningmandrel 460 to navigate through theannulus 52 andimplant reinforcement member 600. All of the variables with regard to quantity, location, orientation, etc., discussed previously may be implemented by varying the generic procedure described hereinafter. The method illustrated inFIGS. 18A-18L is a percutaneous procedure in which access to thedisc 50 is achieved utilizing a number of small diameter tools which may be inserted through a patient's back (skin and back muscles), between adjacent vertebrae, and adjacent the patient'sdisc 50. - Initially, as shown in
FIG. 18A , therigid trocar 410 is advanced until the distal tip thereof is disposed immediately adjacent the periphery of theannulus 52 of thedisc 50. Astylet 710C, withtubular sheath 730 disposed thereon, is inserted into therigid trocar 410. Thestylet 710C, having a curveddistal portion 712C, is advanced out the distal end of thetrocar 410 into theannulus 52 until the distal end of thestylet 710C is located in the anterior portion of theannulus 52 as shown inFIG. 18B . Note that the curvature of thedistal portion 712C roughly corresponds to the curvature of thelateral annulus 52. Thesheath 730 may then be advanced over thestylet 710C until the distal end of the sheath is adjacent the distal end of thestylet 710. - The
stylet 710C may then be removed from thesheath 730, and anotherstylet 710B, having a curveddistal portion 712B, may be advanced through thesheath 730 as shown inFIG. 18C . In this manner, thetubular sheath 730 maintains the path defined by the penetratingstylet 710C, and allows thenext stylet 710B to begin penetration wherestylet 710C left off. Thestylet 710B is advanced until the distal tip is positioned in the lateral portion of the annulus, after which thetubular sheath 730 may be advanced thereover. Note that the curvature of thedistal portion 712B roughly corresponds to the curvatures of theanterior annulus 52. Thestylet 710B may be exchanged forstylet 710C having acurved portion 712C to traverse the lateral side of theannulus 52. Thestylet 710C may then be exchanged for anotherstylet 710A having a relatively straightdistal portion 712A to traverse the posterior portion of theannulus 52 as shown inFIG. 18D . Thetubular sheath 730 is then advanced over thestylet 710A until the distal end of thesheath 730 is adjacent the distal end of thestylet 710A. - Once the distal end of the
stylet 710A and the distal end of thetubular sheath 730 are disposed adjacent the opening to the distal end of thetrocar 410, thestraight stylet 710A may be exchanged fordouble curve stylet 710E as shown inFIG. 18E . The distal tip of thestylet 710E is navigated into the distal end of thetrocar 410 utilizing the visualization techniques described previously. Once the distal end of thestylet 710 is disposed in thetrocar 410, thetubular sheath 730 may be removed. With the distal end of thestylet 710E reentered into the distal end of thetrocar 410, thestylet 710E may be freely advanced until the distal portion thereof exits the proximal portion of thetrocar 410 as shown inFIG. 18F . - At this point, the
trocar 410 may also be removed, but may optionally be left in place, depending on the means employed to connect the ends of thereinforcement member 600. As illustrated inFIG. 18G , oneend 602 of thereinforcement member 600 is connected to the proximal end of thestylet 710. This may be accomplished, for example, by threading the reinforcement member through a hole (not shown) in the proximal end of thestylet 710 similar to the threading a sewing needle. Immediately before or immediately after thereinforcement member 600 is attached to the proximal end of thestylet 710, thepledget push rod 740 may be used to push thepledget 750 over the opposite ends of thestylet 710 until thepledget 750 is positioned immediately adjacent the entry and exit points in theannulus 52 as illustrated inFIG. 18G . - The distal end of the
stylet 710 may then be pulled while applying a push force to thepush rod 740 to pull the reinforcement member along the path defined thestylet 710 through theannulus 52, after which thereinforcement member 600 may be disconnected from the stylet as shown inFIG. 18H . A connection (e.g., knot) 610 may be made in thereinforcement member 600 and advanced to thepledget 750 utilizing a conventional knot pusher (not shown) as shown inFIG. 18K . While the knot is being tightened, thereinforcement member 600 applies compressive forces about the perimeter of theannulus 52 thereby closing fractures and fissures 56/58. Once theknot 610 has been tightened, thereinforcement member 600 may be cut immediately proximal of theknot 610 adjacent thepledget 750 as shown inFIG. 18J utilizing a conventional suture cutting device (not shown). - Alternatively, as shown in
FIGS. 18K and 18L , thepledget 750 may be omitted. In particular, a connection (e.g., knot) 610 may be made in thereinforcement member 600 and advanced to the entry and exit point in theannulus 52 utilizing a conventional knot pusher (not shown) as shown inFIG. 18K . While the knot is being tightened, thereinforcement member 600 applies compressive forces about the perimeter of theannulus 52 thereby closing fractures and fissures 56/58. Once theknot 610 has been tightened, the reinforcement member may be cut utilizing a conventional suture cutting device (not shown) immediately proximal of theknot 610 as shown inFIG. 18L . - The path navigated through the
annulus 52 by the foregoing method may be a function of the individual anatomical geometry of the patient and/or the particular portion of theannulus 52 requiring compression. Accordingly, as shown inFIGS. 19A-19F , the path 620 defined by thestylet 710 andreinforcement member 600 through theannulus 52 may vary. For example, a substantialrectangular path 620A with rounded corners may be employed as illustrated inFIG. 19A . Alternatively, a substantiallytrapezoidal path 620B having rounded corners may be employed as shown inFIG. 19B . Alternatively, a substantiallyoval path 620C may be employed as shown inFIG. 19C . Each of these paths may be defined by the particular sequence ofcurved stylets 710 utilized in accordance with the method described previously. - Although it is preferable to define a path 620 substantially confined to the
annulus 52, the path 620 may also extend through a portion of thenucleus 54 as illustrated inFIGS. 19D and 19E . In such circumstances, it is preferable to not define a direct path from thenucleus 54 to the exterior of theannulus 52, to thereby minimize the likelihood that nuclear material will leak out of thedisc 50. For example, as shown inFIG. 19D , the path through thenucleus 54 may enter at one lateral side, and exit at the opposite lateral side thereof. Alternatively, as shown inFIG. 19E , thepath 620E may enter on the anterior side and exit on the posterior side of thenucleus 54.FIG. 19F illustrates apath 620F which is just external to the outer surface of theannulus 52. - While a single path 620 followed by a
single reinforcement member 600 is illustrated, it is also contemplated thatmultiple reinforcement members 600 may be implanted. For example, onereinforcement member 600 could be implanted proximate the lower (inferior) portion of theannulus 52 and onereinforcement member 600 could be implanted in the upper (superior) portion of theannulus 52. Any number ofreinforcement members 600 could be implanted in a single disc, either through asingle trocar 410 placement, or multiple trocar placements. - With general reference to
FIGS. 20A-20R , alternative embodiments of reinforcement members and methods of implantation are disclosed. Thereinforcement members 510/520/530 may be used to reinforce the disc, restore disc height and/or bear some or all of the load normally carried by the annulus. Thereinforcement members 510/520/530 are relatively rigid and thus serve to reinforce thedisc 50, and particularly theannulus 52, where inserted. In addition, thereinforcement members 510/520/530 may have a relatively large profile when implanted and thus increase disc height. - The reinforcing
members 510/520/530 may be used singularly or in groups, depending on the increase indisc 50 height desired and/or the amount of reinforcement of theannulus 52 desired. For example, the reinforcingmembers 510/520/530 may be stacked or inserted side-by-side. In addition, the reinforcingmembers 510/520/530 may be located in virtually any portion of theannulus 52. Preferably, the reinforcingmembers 510/520/530 are substantially symmetrically disposed about themedian plane 70 to avoid causing curvature of thespine 10. Although the reinforcingmembers 510/520/530 may be inserted, in part or in whole, into thenucleus 54, it is preferable to insert them into theannulus 52 for purposes of stability and load carrying. Specifically, to provide stability, it is desirable to symmetrically locate the reinforcingmembers 510/520/530 as far as reasonably possible from themedian plane 70, or to span as great a distance as possible across themedian plane 70. In addition, because theannulus 52 of thedisc 50 is believed to carry the majority of the load, particularly in thelumbar region 12, the reinforcingmembers 510/520/530 are preferably placed in theannulus 52 to assume the load normally carried thereby, and reinforce the load bearing capacity of theannulus 52, without hindering the normal mobility function of thedisc 50. - The reinforcing
members 510/520/530 may comprise expandable members such as self-expandingmembers 510 orinflatable members 520. Alternatively, the reinforcingmembers 510/520/530 may comprise unexpandable members such as reinforcement bars 530. When implanting each type ofreinforcement member 510/520/530, it is preferable to maintain the integrity of theannulus 52. Accordingly, space in theannulus 52 for the reinforcingmembers 510/520/530 is preferably established by dilation or the like, although some amount of tissue removal may be used. - The
expandable reinforcement members 510/520 are useful because they may be delivered in a low profile, unexpanded condition making it easier to traverse the very tough and fibrous collagen tissue of theannulus 52. For similar reasons, the reinforcement bars 530 are useful because they may have a small diameter and a sharpened tip. Although it is possible to insert theexpandable reinforcing members 510/520 into theannulus 52 in their final expanded state, it is desirable to deliver theexpandable reinforcing members 510/520 into theannulus 52 in an unexpanded state and subsequently expand them in order to minimize invasiveness and resistance to insertion. - The self-expanding reinforcing
member 510 may comprise a solid or semi-solid member that self-expands (e.g., by hydration) after insertion into the annulus. Examples of suitable materials for such solid or semi-solid members include solid fibrous collagen or other suitable hard hydrophilic biocompatible material. If the selected material is degradable, the material may induce the formation of fibrous scar tissue which is favorable. If non-degradable material is selected, the material must be rigid and bio-inert. The self-expanding reinforcingmember 510 preferably has an initial diameter that is minimized, but may be in the range of 25% to 75% of the final expanded diameter, which may be in the range of 0.3 to 0.75 cm, or 10% to 75% of the nominal disc height. The length of the self-expandingmember 510 may be in the range of 1.0 to 6.0 cm, and preferably in the range of 2.0 to 4.0 cm. - The inflatable reinforcing
member 520 may comprise an expandable hollow membrane capable of inflation after insertion into the annulus. An example of a suitable inflatable structure is detachable balloon membrane filled with a curable material. The membrane may consist of a biocompatible and bio-inert polymer material, such as polyurethane, silicone, or polycarbonate-polyurethane (e.g., Corethane). The curable filler material may consist of a curable silicone or polyurethane. The filler material may be curable by chemical reaction (e.g., moisture), photo-activation (e.g., UV light) or the like. The cure time is preferably sufficiently long to enable activation just prior to insertion (i.e., outside the body) and permit sufficient time for navigation and positioning of themember 520 in the disc. However, activation may also take place inside the body after implantation. The inflatable reinforcingmember 520 preferably has an initial deflated diameter that is minimized, but may be in the range of 25% to 75% of the final inflated diameter, which may be in the range of 0.3 to 0.75 cm, or 10% to 75% of the nominal disc height. The length of theinflatable member 520 may be in the range of 1.0 to 6.0 cm, and preferably in the range of 2.0 to 4.0 cm. - The reinforcement bars 530 may comprise a rigid, solid or hollow bar having a sharpened tip. The reinforcement bars 530 may comprises stainless steel mandrels, for example, having a diameter in the range of 0.005 to 0.100 inches, preferably in the range of 0.010 to 0.050 inches, and most preferably in the range of 0.020 to 0.040 inches, and a length in the range of 1.0 to 6.0 cm, and preferably in the range of 2.0 to 4.0 cm. The reinforcement bars 530 may be straight for linear insertion, or curved to gently wrap with the curvature of the annulus during insertion. In addition, the outer surface of the reinforcement bars 530 may have circular ridges or the like that the permit easy insertion into the
annulus 52 but resist withdrawal and motion in the annulus following implantation. Other suitable materials for reinforcement bars 530 include titanium alloy 6-4, MP35N alloy, or super-elastic nickel-titanium alloy. - With general reference to
FIGS. 20A-20J , the steps for implanting a self-expandingreinforcement member 510 are illustrated. It should be understood that the procedure for implanting asingle member 510 in theanterior annulus 52 is shown for purposes of illustration, not limitation. All of the variables with regard to quantity, location, orientation, etc. discussed previously may be implemented by varying the generic procedure described hereinafter. - Initially, the sharpened
stylet 430,semi-rigid needle 420 andrigid trocar 410 are assembled. As shown inFIG. 20A , the distal portion of theassembly 410/420/430 is inserted into thedisc 50 as in a conventional discogram procedure. Theassembly 410/420/430 is advanced until thedistal tip 413 of the rigid needle is proximate the anterior curvature of theannulus 52, near the anterior side of thenucleus 54, as seen inFIG. 20B . The semi-rigid needle 420 (alone or with stylet 430) is advanced relative to therigid trocar 410 until thecurved portion 426 of the semi-rigid needle exits thedistal tip 413 of therigid trocar 410 and the desired amount of curvature is established, as seen inFIG. 20C . Thecurved portion 426 may be advanced until thetip 423 is substantially parallel to the tangent of theanterior annulus 52 curvature. The sharpenedstylet 430 is advanced relative to thesemi-rigid needle 420 to the desired position within theanterior annulus 52, as shown inFIG. 20D . Thesemi-rigid needle 420 and therigid trocar 410 are completely withdrawn from thestylet 430, leaving the stylet in position as shown inFIG. 20E . - A
flexible dilator 470 is advanced over thestylet 430 to dilate theannulus 52, as seen inFIG. 20F . Theflexible dilator 470 is similar tosemi-rigid needle 420 except that the dilator includes a blunt distal tip and is relatively more flexible, and has larger inner and outer diameters. Note that one ormore dilators 470 may be advanced co-axially about thestylet 430 until the annulus is sufficiently dilated to accept the self-expandable member 510. Thestylet 430 is then withdrawn from theflexible dilator 470 and the self-expandable member 510 is introduced into the lumen of theflexible dilator 470 using apush bar 480, as shown inFIG. 20G . Alternatively, thedilator 470 may be removed in favor of a flexible hollow catheter with a large inner diameter to facilitate delivery ofmember 510. Thepush bar 480 is similar tostylet 430 except that the distal tip of thepush bar 480 is blunt. Alternatively, thepush bar 480 may simply comprise thestylet 430 turned around, thus using the proximal blunt end of thestylet 430 as thepush bar 480. Thepush bar 480 is advanced until themember 510 is in the desired position, as seen inFIG. 20H . To facilitate positioning themember 510, radiographic visualization may be used to visualize the distal end of thepush bar 480, which is formed of radiopaque material and may include radiopaque markers. In addition, the member may be loaded with a radiopaque material to facilitate radiographic visualization thereof. - After the
member 510 is in the desired position, theflexible dilator 470 is retracted from thepush bar 480 while maintaining position of themember 510 with the push bar. Thepush bar 480 is then removed leaving themember 510 in place. If necessary, the procedure may be repeated foradditional member implants 510. Themember 510 is then allowed to expand over time, perhaps augmented by placing thespine 10 in traction. Alternatively, thespine 10 may be placed in traction prior to beginning the procedure. - With reference to
FIGS. 20K-20L , the steps for implanting aninflatable reinforcement member 520 are illustrated. In this procedure, the steps outlined with reference toFIGS. 20A-20F are followed. Specifically, the same steps are followed up to and including the step of advancing theflexible dilator 470 over thestylet 430 to dilate theannulus 52, and thereafter removing thestylet 430 from theflexible dilator 470. Using acatheter 490, theinflatable member 520 is introduced into thedilator 470 and advanced until themember 520 is in the desired position, as shown inFIG. 20K . Theinflatable member 520 is connected to the distal end of thecatheter 490, which includes a flexible butpushable shaft 492 and aninflation port 494. Theflexible dilator 470 is retracted from thecatheter 490 while maintaining position of themember 520. - With the
member 520 in the desired position, which may be confirmed using radiographic visualization as described above, theproximal inflation port 494 is connected to a syringe (not shown) or other suitable inflation apparatus for injection of the curable filler material. The filler material is then activated and the desired volume is injected into thecatheter 490 via theinflation port 494, as seen ifFIG. 20L . The filler material is allowed to cure and thecatheter 490 is gently torqued to break thecatheter 490 from thesolid member 520. This break-away step may be facilitated by an area of weakness at the juncture between the distal end of thecatheter 490 and the proximal end of themember 520. Thecatheter 490 is then removed leaving themember 520 in place. If necessary, the procedure may be repeated foradditional member implants 520. - With reference to
FIGS. 20M-20R , the steps for implanting areinforcement bar 530 are illustrated. As seen inFIG. 20M , thedisc 50 includes a protrusion orbulge 60, which is preferably, but not necessarily, reduced or eliminated before insertion of thereinforcement bar 530. This may be done by separating theadjacent vertebrae 20. In order to establish separation of thevertebrae 20, thespine 10 may be placed in traction or conventional intervertebral separation tools may be used. After thebulge 60 is reduced or eliminated, similar steps are followed as outlined with reference toFIGS. 20A-20C . - Delivery of a
single reinforcement bar 530 into theposterior annulus 52 is illustrated. Specifically, the distal portion of theassembly 410/420/480 is inserted into thedisc 50 as in a conventional discogram procedure. Theassembly 410/420/480 is advanced until thedistal tip 413 of therigid trocar 410 just penetrates the posterior side of theannulus 52, as seen inFIG. 20N . The semi-rigid needle 420 (alone or with bar 530) is advanced relative to therigid trocar 410 until thecurved portion 426 of thesemi-rigid needle 420 exits thedistal tip 413 of therigid trocar 410 and the desired amount of curvature is established, as shown inFIG. 20N . Thecurved portion 426 may be advanced until thetip 423 is substantially parallel to theposterior annulus 52. - Using the
push bar 480, thereinforcement bar 530 with its sharpened tip is pushed into theannulus 52 as seen inFIG. 200 . Thereinforcement bar 530 is advanced into theannulus 52 with thepush bar 480 until thebar 530 is in the desired position, as seen inFIG. 20P , which may be confirmed using radiographic visualization as described above. Thepush bar 480 is then retracted, leaving thereinforcement bar 530 in place, as shown inFIG. 20P . Thesemi-rigid needle 420 and therigid trocar 410 are then removed, as shown inFIG. 20Q , or, if necessary, the procedure may be repeated for additionalreinforcement bar implants 530, as shown inFIG. 20R . Presence of the reinforcement bars 530 serves to keep thedisc 50, and particularly thebulge 60, in a more normal condition, and to protect against continued bulging, thus easing nerve impingement. - With reference to
FIGS. 21A-21C , analternative reinforcement member 540 is illustrated. In this embodiment,reinforcement member 540 includes ananchor arm 542 having ananchor mechanism 544 attached to a distal end thereof. Theanchor mechanism 54 may comprise circular ridges, barbs or the like which are readily advanced into theannular tissue 52, but resist retraction.Reinforcement member 540 also includes alever arm 546 including a distal sharpenedtip 548. The distal end of theanchor arm 542 also incorporates a sharpenedtip 548. Thereinforcement member 540 preferably comprises a highly elastic or super-elastic metal such as stainless steel or a nickel titanium alloy. -
FIG. 21A illustrates the reinforcement member in a relaxed state, andFIG. 21B illustrates the reinforcement member in a compressed delivery state sized to fit withintrocar 410. Thereinforcement member 540 may be delivered into theannulus 52 in a compressed state throughtrocar 410 utilizingpush rod 480 as shown inFIG. 21C . As thereinforcement member 540 is pushed out the distal end of thetrocar 410 utilizingpush rod 480, the sharpened ends 548 penetrate the tissue and theanchor mechanism 544 engages the tissue to define the deployed configuration shown inFIG. 21C . In the deployed configuration, the anchor arm and the lever arm are forced to pivot relative to each other thereby building a bias force at the elbow connecting theanchor arm 542 and thelever arm 546. In the deployed configuration, thelever arm 546 applies a compressive force to the exterior portion of theannulus 52 to minimize protrusions and bulges along the posterior periphery of theannulus 52. - With reference now to
FIGS. 22A-22D ,alternative reinforcement members Reinforcement members reinforcement 600 except for the provision ofdistal anchors 574/584. Except as described herein and apparent from the drawings, the function and delivery ofreinforcement members reinforcement member 600. - As shown in
FIG. 22A ,reinforcement member 570 comprises a monofilament ormultifilament structure 572 that is highly flexible and has a high tensile strength. The ends of thefilament structure 572 incorporateanchors 574, which may comprise circular ridges, barbs or the like which are readily advanced into theannular tissue 52, but resist retraction. As shown inFIG. 22B , thereinforcement member 570 may be deployed in theannulus 52 with the anchors residing in healthy annular tissue and the filament structure partially surrounding the fractures and fissures 56/58 in a circumferential manner. By advancing theanchors 574 during deployment, theannular tissue 52 is compressed along the length of thefilament structure 572, thereby closing fractures and fissures 56/58 and reducing posterior protrusions. - A similar arrangement is shown in
FIGS. 22C and 22D . In this embodiment, areinforcement member 580 comprises a monofilament or amultifilament structure 582 having a singledistal anchor 584 attached thereto. The proximal end of thefilament structure 582 is otherwise free. During implantation, one ormore reinforcement members 580 may be utilized as shown inFIG. 22D . The free ends of thefilament structure 582 are connected using, for example, aknot 586 with or without the use of apledget 750. - Refer now to
FIGS. 23A and 23B which illustrate an alternative method for implanting a variation of thereinforcement member 510, and optionally utilize anotherreinforcement member 600 to anchorreinforcement member 510 in place.Reinforcement member 510 may be implanted in a void left by discectomy utilizing a method such as described with reference toFIGS. 20A-20L . Other reinforcement members may used in place ofreinforcement member 510 such asreinforcement members 100/200. Other reinforcement members may optionally be used as anchor means. By way of example, not limitation,reinforcement member 600 is shown as a means to anchorreinforcement member 510 relative to theannulus 52 utilizing a method such as described with reference toFIGS. 25A-25J orFIGS. 27A-27H , for example. - Following a discectomy, a portion of the
annulus 52 is typically removed as shown inFIG. 23A . The void left by the discectomy procedure may expose thedisc 50 to increased stress due to loss of surface area and/or leakage of fluid from thenucleus 54. By implanting areinforcement member 510 in the void as seen inFIG. 23B , thereinforcement member 510 acts as a barrier to nuclear leakage and acts as a support member to minimize disc height loss.Reinforcement member 510 acts as a support to adjacent vertebrae by having a height substantially equal to the nominal height of the disc (in a healthy state) and by providing an expanded volume substantially equal to the void, to thereby share the load of adjacent vertebrae. This combination of functions (barrier and volume) reduces the rate of degeneration or possibly eliminates further degeneration of thedisc 50. - Refer now to
FIGS. 24A-24E which illustratevarious tools 760/770 for implanting thereinforcement member 600 in accordance with the method illustrated inFIGS. 25A-25J . As seen inFIG. 24A ,dual tube trocar 760 includes tworigid tubes 762 formed of stainless steel, for example, secured to ahandle 764. Thetubes 762 may be substantially the same size and symmetric. Eachtube 762 includes a sharpenedtip 763 and a lumen (not visible) fully extending therethrough to slidably accommodatestylet 770 shown inFIG. 24B . The lumen of thesecond tube 762 which accommodates reentry of thestylet 770 may be made even larger (e.g., 2-3 times) to permit variability in reentry as will be discussed in more detail hereinafter. Abracket 766 may be disposed between therigid tubes 762 to maintain spacing and alignment therebetween. - With reference to
FIG. 24B ,stylet 770 is substantially the same asstylet 710 described previously.Stylet 770 includes an elongateflexible shaft 772 and a sharpeneddistal end 773. The stylet orneedle 770 has acurved portion 774 with a diameter substantially equal to the distance between the centerlines of thetubes 762 of thetrocar 760. Thecurved portion 774 preferably has at least 180 degrees of curvature or more to define at least a full semi-circle. Theshaft 772 of thestylet 770 preferably has a flexible but pushable construction incorporating a rigid metal mandrel such as stainless steel, or a super-elastic alloy such as nickel-titanium. Highly elastic or super-elastic materials incorporated into theelongate shaft 772 resist permanent deformation during insertion and navigation through theannulus 52. Theshaft 772 of thestylet 770 may have a diameter ranging from 0.010 to 0.025 inches and is sized to fit within the lumens of thetubes 762 of thetrocar 760. Theshaft 772 may be coated with a lubricious material such as PTFE and a hydrophilic polymer. - If the
tip 773 is sufficiently sharp to easily penetrateannular tissue 52, the path through theannular tissue 52 taken by thestylet 770 will substantially conform to the geometry of the distalcurved portion 774 of thestylet 770. In particular, if thedistal portion 774 has a curve with a diameter substantially equal to the distance between the centerlines of thetubes 762 of thetrocar 760, thestylet 770 will exit the distal end of onetube 762 and naturally define a path through theannular tissue 52 to reenter the distal end of theother tube 762. To this end, it is desirable to provide atip 773 having sufficient sharpness to readily penetrateannular tissue 52, which tends to be relatively fibrous and tough. By providing a sufficientlysharp tip 773, thestylet 770 will naturally navigate through theannulus 52 from the end of onetube 762 into the end of theother tube 762, without requiring visualization or steering of thestylet 770. - Refer now to
FIGS. 24C and 24D which illustrate alternativedual tube trocar 760 designs which utilizes means 765/767 to ensure proper alignment of the stylet 700 as it exits the distal end of one of thetubes 762. In particular, in order for thestylet 770 to reenter the distal end of thesecond tube 762, thestylet 770 preferably exits the distal end of thefirst tube 762 with thecurved portion 774 of thestylet 770 in substantially the same plane as the twotubes 762. This may be accomplished manually by rotating thestylet 770 prior to exit from thefirst tube 762, or this may be accomplished automatically by providing a keyed passageway or by providingmechanisms 765/767. - Because the
curved portion 774 will align itself with any curvature provided in the lumen of thetubes 762, the distal end of one or both of thetubes 762 may be provided with agentle curvature 765 as seen inFIG. 24C which will provide a corresponding curvature to the lumen extending therethrough. Alternatively, the distal end of one of thetubes 762 may be provided with anindentation 767 as seen inFIG. 24D which will define a corresponding curved path in the lumen extending therethrough. In particular, with reference toFIG. 24E , theindent 767 impinges on aninner tube 768 which is otherwise centered in the lumen of thetube 762 bycollars 769. By virtue of theindent 762, thelumen 761 defined through theinner tube 768 is provided with a curved path. Whether provided by a curve in thetube 762, by anindent 762 impinging on aninner tube 768, or by other means to define a curved path within thetube 762, thecurved portion 774 of the stylet will naturally align itself with such a curvature, thereby automatically providing alignment between thestylet 770 and thesecond tube 762 as the distal end of thestylet 770 reenters thetrocar 760 as will be described in more detail hereinafter. - Refer now to
FIGS. 25A-25J which illustrate an alternative method for implanting thereinforcement member 600. The method illustrated inFIGS. 25A-25J utilizesstylet 770 to navigate through theannulus 52 andimplant reinforcement member 600. The method illustrated inFIGS. 25A-25J is similar to the method illustrated inFIGS. 18A-18L , except with regard to path defined byreinforcement member 600 and the automatic navigation ofstylet 770 out of and into thetrocar 760. The method illustrated inFIGS. 25A-25J is particularly suited for a post discectomy procedure to close the opening (not shown) created thereby. Further, the method illustrated inFIGS. 25A-25J is particularly suited for a post annular compression procedure (e.g., contraction of annular tissue by thermal means) to maintain the re-compressed annulus (not shown) created thereby. All of the variables with regard to quantity, location, orientation, etc., discussed previously may be implemented by varying the generic procedure described hereinafter. The method illustrated inFIGS. 25A-25J is a percutaneous procedure in which access to thedisc 50 is achieved utilizing a number of small diameter tools which may be inserted through a patient's back (skin and back muscles), between adjacent vertebrae, and adjacent the patient'sdisc 50. - Initially, as shown in
FIG. 25A , the rigiddual tube trocar 760 is advanced until the distal tips thereof are disposed in the anterior portion of theannulus 52. Thestylet 770 is then inserted into thefirst tube 762 of the rigiddual tube trocar 760. Thestylet 770, having a curveddistal portion 774, is advanced out the distal end of thefist tube 762 into theannulus 52 as shown inFIG. 25B . Thestylet 770 is advanced until thedistal tip 773 reenters thetrocar 760 at the distal end of thesecond tube 762 as shown inFIG. 25C . Note that thecurvature 774 corresponds to the distance between the centerlines of thetubes 762, and that thecurvature 774 is at least semi-circular (180 degrees or more) to thereby automatically reenter thetrocar 760 at the distal end of thesecond tube 762. - The
stylet 770 is advanced until thedistal tip 773 exits the proximal end of thesecond tube 762 as shown inFIG. 25D . One end of thereinforcement member 600 is attached to the proximal end of thestylet 770 as shown inFIG. 25E . This may be accomplished, for example, by threading the reinforcement member through a hole (not shown) in the proximal end of thestylet 770 similar to the threading a sewing needle. The distal end of thestylet 770 is pulled proximally to pull the stylet out of thetrocar 760 and thread thereinforcement member 600 along the path defined by thestylet 770 as shown inFIG. 25F . At this point, thetrocar 760 may be removed as shown inFIG. 25H , but may optionally be left in place, depending on the means employed to connect the ends of thereinforcement member 600. - Although not shown, immediately before or immediately after the
reinforcement member 600 is attached to the proximal end of thestylet 770, thepledget push rod 740 may be used to push thepledget 750 over the opposite ends of thereinforcement member 600 until thepledget 750 is positioned immediately adjacent the entry and exit points in theannulus 52. A connection (e.g., knot) 610 may be made in thereinforcement member 600 and advanced to the entry points of in theannulus 52 utilizing a conventional knot pusher (not shown) as shown inFIG. 25I . While theknot 610 is being tightened, thereinforcement member 600 applies compressive forces about theannulus 52 thereby closing fractures and fissures 56. Once theknot 610 has been tightened, thereinforcement member 600 may be cut immediately proximal of the knot 610 (proximal ofpledget 750 if used) as shown inFIG. 25J utilizing a conventional suture cutting device (not shown). - Refer now to
FIGS. 26A-26G which illustratevarious tools 780/790/840 for implanting thereinforcement member 600 in accordance with the method illustrated inFIGS. 27A-27H . As seen inFIG. 26A , adual lumen trocar 780 includes adual lumen shaft 782 and aproximal handle 784.Rigid shaft 782 includes a sharpenedtip 783 and a laterally facingopening 785. Therigid shaft 782 may be formed of stainless steel and may comprises a rigidouter tube 788 and a rigidinner tube 786 disposed eccentrically therein as seen inFIG. 26B .Inner tube 786 defines alumen 787 extending through theentire shaft 782 and is sized to accommodatehollow stylet 790. A crescent-shapedlumen 789 is defined between theouter tube 788 and theinner tube 786. The crescent-shapedlumen 789 extends through theentire shaft 782 and is sized to accommodatehollow stylet 790.Opening 785 is also sized to accommodate thehollow stylet 790, and may be made even larger (e.g., 2-3 times larger) to accommodate variability in reentry as will be discussed in more detail hereinafter. - With reference to
FIGS. 26C and 26D ,hollow stylet 790 is substantially the same asstylet 710 except as described herein and illustrated in the drawings.Hollow stylet 790 includes an elongateflexible shaft 792 and a sharpeneddistal end 793. Alumen 791 extends through theentire shaft 792 and is sized to accommodatereinforcement member 600. - The
shaft 792 of thehollow stylet 790 preferably has a flexible but pushable construction incorporating a rigid metal tube such as stainless steel hypotubing, or a super-elastic alloy tube such as nickel-titanium. Highly elastic or super-elastic materials incorporated into theelongate shaft 792 resist permanent deformation during insertion and navigation through theannulus 52. Theshaft 792 of thestylet 790 may have a diameter ranging from 0.010 to 0.025 inches and is sized to fit within thelumens 787/789 of theshaft 792 of thetrocar 790. Theshaft 792 may be coated with a lubricious material such as PTFE and a hydrophilic polymer. - The stylet or
needle 790 has acurved portion 794 and a separablecurved tip 796. The separablecurved tip 796 is connected to thereinforcement member 600 as shown inFIGS. 26E and 26F , but is separable from the remainder of theshaft 792. Thecurved portion 794 and the separablecurved tip 796 may have the same diameter which may vary as described with reference tocurved portion 712 ofstylet 710 shown inFIGS. 12A-12E . Thecurved portion 774 together withseparable tip 796 may have at least 360 degrees of curvature or more to define at least a full circle. Two example curvatures of the separablecurved tip 796 are shown inFIGS. 26E and 26F . - The
tip 793 of thehollow stylet 790 is sufficiently sharp to easily penetrateannular tissue 52, such that the path through theannular tissue 52 taken by thehollow stylet 790 will substantially conform to the geometry of the distalcurved portion 794 and the curvedseparable tip 796. In particular, if the distalcurved portion 794 and the curvedseparable tip 796 have a curve with at least 360 degrees of curvature or more, thehollow stylet 790 will exit thelumen 787 at the distal end of theinner tube 786 and naturally define a path through theannular tissue 52 to reenter thetrocar 780 throughopening 785 and into thelumen 789 of theouter tube 788. To this end, it is desirable to provide atip 793 having sufficient sharpness to readily penetrateannular tissue 52, which tends to be relatively fibrous and tough. By providing a sufficientlysharp tip 793 with the appropriate geometry described above, thestylet 790 will naturally navigate through theannulus 52 and renter thetrocar 780 without requiring visualization or steering of thestylet 790. - Push
rod 840 may comprise a rigid mandrel having a length sufficient to extend through theshaft 782 of thetrocar 780 and a diameter sufficient to permit passage throughlumen 789. The distal end of thepush rod 840 is adapted to engage theseparable tip 796 as it renters thetrocar 780 throughopening 785, and lock thetip 796 relative toshaft 782 by mechanical compression, for example. - Refer now to
FIGS. 27A-27H which illustrate a method for implanting thereinforcement member 600. The method illustrated inFIGS. 27A-27H utilizeshollow stylet 790 to navigate through theannulus 52 andimplant reinforcement member 600. The method illustrated inFIGS. 27A-27H is similar to the method illustrated inFIGS. 18A-18L , except with regard to the automatic navigation ofstylet 770 out of and back into thetrocar 780. The method illustrated inFIGS. 27A-27H is particularly suited for a post discectomy procedure to close the opening (not shown) created thereby. Further, the method illustrated inFIGS. 27A-27H is particularly suited for a post annular compression procedure (e.g., contraction of annular tissue by thermal means) to maintain the re-compressed annulus (not shown) created thereby. All of the variables with regard to quantity, location, orientation, etc., discussed previously may be implemented by varying the generic procedure described hereinafter. The method illustrated inFIGS. 27A-27H is a percutaneous procedure in which access to thedisc 50 is achieved utilizing a number of small diameter tools which may be inserted through a patient's back (skin and back muscles), between adjacent vertebrae, and adjacent the patient'sdisc 50. - Initially, as shown in
FIG. 27A , the rigiddual lumen trocar 780 is advanced until the distal tip thereof is disposed in the anterior portion of theannulus 52. Thehollow stylet 790 is then inserted into theinner tube 786 of the rigiddual lumen trocar 780. Thehollow stylet 790, having a curveddistal portion 794 andseparable tip portion 796, is advanced out the distal end of theshaft 782 into theannulus 52 as shown inFIG. 27B . Thehollow stylet 790 is advanced until thedistal tip 793 reenters thetrocar 780 through theopening 785 at thedistal end shaft 782 as shown inFIG. 27B . Note that the curvature of thecurved portion 794, the curvature of theseparable tip 796 is selected to automatically align with theopening 785 and thereby automatically reenter thetrocar 780. - The proximal portion of the
shaft 792 of thehollow stylet 790 is then withdrawn leavingseparable tip 796 andreinforcement member 600 in place as shown inFIG. 27C . Thepush rod 840 is then advanced into thetrocar 780 throughlumen 789 until its distal end mechanically engagestip 796 and pinches or traps it relative to the distal end of theshaft 782 of thetrocar 780 as shown inFIG. 27D . The proximal end of thepush rod 840 and thehandle 784 of the trocar are then grasped and pulled proximally while maintaining engagement of the distal end of thepush rod 840 against theseparable tip 796. As the proximal end of thepush rod 840 and thehandle 784 of the trocar are pulled proximally, thereinforcement member 600 is not grasped or otherwise restrained such that thereinforcement member 600 is free to be advanced distally and threaded along the path previously defined byhollow stylet 790 as shown inFIG. 27E . - Although not shown, the
pledget push rod 740 may be used to push thepledget 750 over the opposite ends of thereinforcement member 600 until thepledget 750 is positioned immediately adjacent the entry and exit points in theannulus 52. A connection (e.g., knot) 610 may be made in thereinforcement member 600 and advanced to the entry points of in theannulus 52 utilizing a conventional knot pusher (not shown). While theknot 610 is being tightened, thereinforcement member 600 applies compressive forces about theannulus 52 thereby closing fractures and fissures 56 and reducingbulge 60. Once theknot 610 has been tightened, thereinforcement member 600 may be cut immediately proximal of the knot 610 (or proximal ofpledget 750 if used) as shown inFIG. 27F utilizing a conventional suture cutting device (not shown). - While a single path followed by a
single reinforcement member 600 is illustrated inFIGS. 27A-27F , it is also contemplated thatmultiple reinforcement members 600 may be implanted as shown inFIG. 27G . For example, onereinforcement member 600 could be implanted proximate the lower (inferior) portion of theannulus 52 and onereinforcement member 600 could be implanted in the upper (superior) portion of theannulus 52. Any number ofreinforcement members 600 could be implanted in a single disc, either through asingle trocar 780 placement, or multiple trocar placements. - The path navigated through the
annulus 52 by the foregoing method may be a function of the individual anatomical geometry of the patient and/or the particular portion of theannulus 52 requiring compression. Accordingly, the path defined by thestylet 790 andreinforcement member 600 through theannulus 52 may vary as shown inFIGS. 19A-19F by utilizingdifferent stylet 790 curvatures and a sheath, similar to the method described with reference toFIGS. 18A-18L . By way of example, not limitation, a substantial rectangular path with rounded corners may be employed as illustrated inFIG. 27H . - From the foregoing, those skilled in the art will appreciate that the present invention provides
reinforcement devices - All of the implantable devices and delivery tools therefor described above may incorporate heating mechanisms (e.g., resistive wire coils) to allow for heating the surrounding tissue, such as temporarily and directly heating annular tissue. In addition or in the alternative, a separate device may be provided specifically for heating annular tissue, which may be used to accomplish results similar to those described with reference to
FIG. 4H . By way of example, not limitation, the following is a description of a device specifically adapted to heat annular tissue, but the methods and principles of operation are equally applicable to all devices disclosed herein that come into contact with annular tissue. -
FIG. 28A illustrates an exemplary embodiment of athermal probe 1010 which may be temporarily positioned within the annulus and heated. Thethermal probe 1010 may comprise ahollow shaft 1015, which contains a heating element extending at least a portion of the length of theshaft 1015. Thethermal probe 1010 may be advanced through the annulus over one or more stylets in the same fashion assheath 730 as described with reference toFIGS. 18A through 18F utilizing one or a series ofstylets 1035 incorporating curvatures as shown and described with reference toFIGS. 12A through 12E . - The heating element may comprise, for example, a coil or braid of resistive metallic wire. As seen in
FIG. 28B , a detailed view of a distal portion of theprobe 1010 is shown, which includes aresistive wire coil 1020 encapsulated by the polymeric material of theshaft 1015. The polymeric shaft material may comprise electrically insulative material and may be selected to tolerate relatively high temperatures, such as PTFE or polyimide. At the distal end of thecoil 1020, the resistive wire may extend proximally as areturn wire 1025. Aplug 1030, connected to the proximal end of thethermal probe 1010 may provide connection to a power source (not shown). Direct or alternating current may be used to electrify theresistive wire coil 1020, causing heating, which in turn heats the annular tissue. Temperature may be controlled by the amount of electric power delivered. One or more thermocouples may be included in theshaft 1015 of the probe 1010 (not shown). - An alternative probe 1040 is illustrated in
FIG. 28C . Thestylet 1045 used for delivery of thermal probe 1040 could also be used as the return electrode. As shown inFIG. 28C , theshaft 1050 includes aresistive coil 1055, terminating near the distal end at acontact 1060. Thecontact 1060 provides electrical connection between thestylet 1045 and theresistive wire coil 1055. In this embodiment, thestylet 1045 may be electrically conductive, and is preferably metallic. Thestylet 1045 optionally includes ashoulder 1065 which allows for the probe 1040 to be advanced in a “fixed wire” fashion, together with thestylet 1045. This “fixed wire” approach incorporating anoptional shoulder 1065 on thestylet 1045 is also applicable to the above described implants and delivery devices,e.g. stylet 710 andsheath 730 illustrated inFIGS. 18A through 18F . - The
thermal probe 1010/1040 may be positioned directly within the annulus, in the same manner as described in connection with the positioning of theimplant 100 shown inFIGS. 8A through 8K . But rather thanimplant 100,thermal probe 1010/1040 would be positioned and activated. These figures illustrate positioning in the posterior annulus, but it is within the scope of this invention that thethermal probe 1010/1040 could be positioned anywhere within the annulus or across the disc, including the positions illustrated inFIGS. 19A through 19F . For example, theprobe 1010/1040 could be positioned in the lateral annulus, anterior annulus, or multiple regions of the annulus, including circumferentially in the annulus, as illustrated for thesheath 730 illustrated inFIGS. 18A through 18F . - The
thermal probe 1010/1040 may also incorporate an anchoring mechanism to facilitate compression of the annular tissue prior to heating. For example, theprobe 1010/1040 could include progressive external threads such as described in connection with the implant ofFIG. 4A . - Those skilled in the art will recognize that the present invention may be manifested in a variety of forms other than the specific embodiments described and contemplated herein. Accordingly, departures in form and detail may be made without departing from the scope and spirit of the present invention as described in the appended claims.
Claims (7)
1. A method for treating an intervertebral disc in a patient's spine, the disc having an annulus and a nucleus, the method comprising:
(1) providing at least one tube sized and shaped for insertion into the annulus and adapted to receive an implant, an implant adapted to be received into the at least one tube and placed into an intervertebral disc, and an advancer to effect said placement, wherein said advancer is releasably attached to said implant;
(2) inserting said at least one tube into said intervertebral disc to a position proximate the outer periphery of the posterior annulus;
(3) delivering said implant into a therapeutically effective location;
(4) uncoupling the implant from the advancer; and
(5) removing the at least one tube and the advancer from the intervertebral disc.
2. The method of claim 1 , wherein said implant is delivered to a therapeutically effective location by rotating said implant before uncoupling the implant from the advancer.
3. The method of claim 1 , wherein said implant is placed into said at least one tube in a compressed delivery state.
4. The method of claim 3 wherein said implant in a compressed delivery state is expanded upon placement in a therapeutically effective location.
5. The method of claim 4 , wherein said expansion of said implant comprises unfolding the implant.
6. The method of claim 1 , wherein the implant is a barrier.
7. The method of claim 1 , wherein the implant is capable of reinforcing a defect of an annulus fibrosus.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US11/753,664 US20070225815A1 (en) | 2000-04-04 | 2007-05-25 | Devices and methods for annular repair of intervertebral discs |
Applications Claiming Priority (9)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US09/542,972 US6402750B1 (en) | 2000-04-04 | 2000-04-04 | Devices and methods for the treatment of spinal disorders |
US09/685,401 US6579291B1 (en) | 2000-10-10 | 2000-10-10 | Devices and methods for the treatment of spinal disorders |
US26334301P | 2001-01-22 | 2001-01-22 | |
US10/055,780 US6689125B1 (en) | 2000-04-04 | 2002-01-22 | Devices and methods for the treatment of spinal disorders |
US10/093,990 US6835205B2 (en) | 2000-04-04 | 2002-03-07 | Devices and methods for the treatment of spinal disorders |
US36810802P | 2002-03-26 | 2002-03-26 | |
US10/390,970 US6805695B2 (en) | 2000-04-04 | 2003-03-18 | Devices and methods for annular repair of intervertebral discs |
US10/943,525 US7753941B2 (en) | 2000-04-04 | 2004-09-17 | Devices and methods for annular repair of intervertebral discs |
US11/753,664 US20070225815A1 (en) | 2000-04-04 | 2007-05-25 | Devices and methods for annular repair of intervertebral discs |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/943,525 Continuation US7753941B2 (en) | 2000-04-04 | 2004-09-17 | Devices and methods for annular repair of intervertebral discs |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20070225815A1 true US20070225815A1 (en) | 2007-09-27 |
Family
ID=33314561
Family Applications (7)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/390,970 Expired - Lifetime US6805695B2 (en) | 2000-04-04 | 2003-03-18 | Devices and methods for annular repair of intervertebral discs |
US10/943,525 Expired - Fee Related US7753941B2 (en) | 2000-04-04 | 2004-09-17 | Devices and methods for annular repair of intervertebral discs |
US11/753,682 Expired - Fee Related US7905923B2 (en) | 2000-04-04 | 2007-05-25 | Devices and methods for annular repair of intervertebral discs |
US11/753,655 Abandoned US20070233257A1 (en) | 2000-04-04 | 2007-05-25 | Devices and Methods for Annular Repair of Intervertebral Discs |
US11/753,664 Abandoned US20070225815A1 (en) | 2000-04-04 | 2007-05-25 | Devices and methods for annular repair of intervertebral discs |
US11/753,677 Abandoned US20070225816A1 (en) | 2000-04-04 | 2007-05-25 | Devices and Methods for Annular Repair of Intervertebral Discs |
US13/027,855 Abandoned US20110202137A1 (en) | 2000-04-04 | 2011-02-15 | Devices and methods for annular repair of intervertebral discs |
Family Applications Before (4)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/390,970 Expired - Lifetime US6805695B2 (en) | 2000-04-04 | 2003-03-18 | Devices and methods for annular repair of intervertebral discs |
US10/943,525 Expired - Fee Related US7753941B2 (en) | 2000-04-04 | 2004-09-17 | Devices and methods for annular repair of intervertebral discs |
US11/753,682 Expired - Fee Related US7905923B2 (en) | 2000-04-04 | 2007-05-25 | Devices and methods for annular repair of intervertebral discs |
US11/753,655 Abandoned US20070233257A1 (en) | 2000-04-04 | 2007-05-25 | Devices and Methods for Annular Repair of Intervertebral Discs |
Family Applications After (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US11/753,677 Abandoned US20070225816A1 (en) | 2000-04-04 | 2007-05-25 | Devices and Methods for Annular Repair of Intervertebral Discs |
US13/027,855 Abandoned US20110202137A1 (en) | 2000-04-04 | 2011-02-15 | Devices and methods for annular repair of intervertebral discs |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (7) | US6805695B2 (en) |
Cited By (48)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20060089717A1 (en) * | 2004-10-15 | 2006-04-27 | Manoj Krishna | Spinal prosthesis and facet joint prosthesis |
US20060265074A1 (en) * | 2004-10-21 | 2006-11-23 | Manoj Krishna | Posterior spinal arthroplasty-development of a new posteriorly inserted artificial disc, a new anteriorly inserted artifical disc and an artificial facet joint |
US20070288094A1 (en) * | 2006-06-08 | 2007-12-13 | Manoj Krishna | System and method for lumbar arthroplasty |
US20080195154A1 (en) * | 2006-06-08 | 2008-08-14 | Disc Motion Technologies, Inc. | Dynamic spinal stabilization device |
US20080228227A1 (en) * | 2006-06-08 | 2008-09-18 | Disc Motion Technologies, Inc. | Dynamic connector for spinal device |
US20110022063A1 (en) * | 2009-07-22 | 2011-01-27 | Coloplast A/S | Suturing system and assembly |
US20110196386A1 (en) * | 2010-02-08 | 2011-08-11 | Coloplast A/S | Digital suture fixation system |
US20110196389A1 (en) * | 2010-02-09 | 2011-08-11 | Coloplast A/S | Digital suture fixation system |
US8128698B2 (en) | 1999-10-20 | 2012-03-06 | Anulex Technologies, Inc. | Method and apparatus for the treatment of the intervertebral disc annulus |
US8163022B2 (en) | 2008-10-14 | 2012-04-24 | Anulex Technologies, Inc. | Method and apparatus for the treatment of the intervertebral disc annulus |
US8460319B2 (en) | 2010-01-11 | 2013-06-11 | Anulex Technologies, Inc. | Intervertebral disc annulus repair system and method |
US8556977B2 (en) | 1999-10-20 | 2013-10-15 | Anulex Technologies, Inc. | Tissue anchoring system and method |
US8623033B2 (en) | 2011-07-20 | 2014-01-07 | Coloplast A/S | Suture system with capsule eyelet providing multiple suture tissue fixation |
US20140276599A1 (en) * | 2013-03-13 | 2014-09-18 | W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Deconstructable endoluminal devices and related systems and methods |
US8845733B2 (en) | 2010-06-24 | 2014-09-30 | DePuy Synthes Products, LLC | Lateral spondylolisthesis reduction cage |
US9050194B2 (en) | 2009-05-06 | 2015-06-09 | Stryker Spine | Expandable spinal implant apparatus and method of use |
US9078761B2 (en) | 2009-11-12 | 2015-07-14 | Anchor Orthopedics Xt Inc. | Devices and methods for treating tissue defects |
US9095442B2 (en) | 1999-10-20 | 2015-08-04 | Krt Investors, Inc. | Method and apparatus for the treatment of the intervertebral disc annulus |
US9114025B2 (en) | 1999-10-20 | 2015-08-25 | Krt Investors, Inc. | Methods and devices for spinal disc annulus reconstruction and repair |
US9226764B2 (en) | 2012-03-06 | 2016-01-05 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Conformable soft tissue removal instruments |
US9737294B2 (en) | 2013-01-28 | 2017-08-22 | Cartiva, Inc. | Method and system for orthopedic repair |
US9931224B2 (en) | 2009-11-05 | 2018-04-03 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Self-pivoting spinal implant and associated instrumentation |
US10022245B2 (en) | 2012-12-17 | 2018-07-17 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Polyaxial articulating instrument |
US10179012B2 (en) | 2013-01-28 | 2019-01-15 | Cartiva, Inc. | Systems and methods for orthopedic repair |
US10966843B2 (en) | 2017-07-18 | 2021-04-06 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Implant inserters and related methods |
US11045331B2 (en) | 2017-08-14 | 2021-06-29 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Intervertebral implant inserters and related methods |
US11344424B2 (en) | 2017-06-14 | 2022-05-31 | Medos International Sarl | Expandable intervertebral implant and related methods |
US11369490B2 (en) | 2011-03-22 | 2022-06-28 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Universal trial for lateral cages |
US11426290B2 (en) | 2015-03-06 | 2022-08-30 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Expandable intervertebral implant, system, kit and method |
US11432942B2 (en) | 2006-12-07 | 2022-09-06 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Intervertebral implant |
US11446155B2 (en) | 2017-05-08 | 2022-09-20 | Medos International Sarl | Expandable cage |
US11446156B2 (en) | 2018-10-25 | 2022-09-20 | Medos International Sarl | Expandable intervertebral implant, inserter instrument, and related methods |
US11452607B2 (en) | 2010-10-11 | 2022-09-27 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Expandable interspinous process spacer implant |
US11497619B2 (en) | 2013-03-07 | 2022-11-15 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Intervertebral implant |
US11510788B2 (en) | 2016-06-28 | 2022-11-29 | Eit Emerging Implant Technologies Gmbh | Expandable, angularly adjustable intervertebral cages |
US11596523B2 (en) | 2016-06-28 | 2023-03-07 | Eit Emerging Implant Technologies Gmbh | Expandable and angularly adjustable articulating intervertebral cages |
US11602438B2 (en) | 2008-04-05 | 2023-03-14 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Expandable intervertebral implant |
US11607321B2 (en) | 2009-12-10 | 2023-03-21 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Bellows-like expandable interbody fusion cage |
US11612491B2 (en) | 2009-03-30 | 2023-03-28 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Zero profile spinal fusion cage |
US11622868B2 (en) | 2007-06-26 | 2023-04-11 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Highly lordosed fusion cage |
US11654033B2 (en) | 2010-06-29 | 2023-05-23 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Distractible intervertebral implant |
US11737881B2 (en) | 2008-01-17 | 2023-08-29 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Expandable intervertebral implant and associated method of manufacturing the same |
US11752009B2 (en) | 2021-04-06 | 2023-09-12 | Medos International Sarl | Expandable intervertebral fusion cage |
US11806245B2 (en) | 2020-03-06 | 2023-11-07 | Eit Emerging Implant Technologies Gmbh | Expandable intervertebral implant |
US11850160B2 (en) | 2021-03-26 | 2023-12-26 | Medos International Sarl | Expandable lordotic intervertebral fusion cage |
US11872139B2 (en) | 2010-06-24 | 2024-01-16 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Enhanced cage insertion assembly |
USRE49973E1 (en) | 2013-02-28 | 2024-05-21 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Expandable intervertebral implant, system, kit and method |
US12090064B2 (en) | 2022-03-01 | 2024-09-17 | Medos International Sarl | Stabilization members for expandable intervertebral implants, and related systems and methods |
Families Citing this family (244)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US7094258B2 (en) | 1999-08-18 | 2006-08-22 | Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. | Methods of reinforcing an annulus fibrosis |
US7998213B2 (en) | 1999-08-18 | 2011-08-16 | Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. | Intervertebral disc herniation repair |
CA2425951C (en) | 1999-08-18 | 2008-09-16 | Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. | Devices and method for nucleus pulposus augmentation and retention |
US8323341B2 (en) | 2007-09-07 | 2012-12-04 | Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. | Impaction grafting for vertebral fusion |
WO2009033100A1 (en) | 2007-09-07 | 2009-03-12 | Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. | Bone anchoring systems |
WO2004100841A1 (en) | 1999-08-18 | 2004-11-25 | Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. | Devices and method for augmenting a vertebral disc nucleus |
US7717961B2 (en) | 1999-08-18 | 2010-05-18 | Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. | Apparatus delivery in an intervertebral disc |
US7553329B2 (en) | 1999-08-18 | 2009-06-30 | Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. | Stabilized intervertebral disc barrier |
US7972337B2 (en) | 2005-12-28 | 2011-07-05 | Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. | Devices and methods for bone anchoring |
US6964674B1 (en) * | 1999-09-20 | 2005-11-15 | Nuvasive, Inc. | Annulotomy closure device |
US6592625B2 (en) * | 1999-10-20 | 2003-07-15 | Anulex Technologies, Inc. | Spinal disc annulus reconstruction method and spinal disc annulus stent |
US20030153976A1 (en) * | 1999-10-20 | 2003-08-14 | Cauthen Joseph C. | Spinal disc annulus reconstruction method and spinal disc annulus stent |
US7052516B2 (en) | 1999-10-20 | 2006-05-30 | Anulex Technologies, Inc. | Spinal disc annulus reconstruction method and deformable spinal disc annulus stent |
US7951201B2 (en) * | 1999-10-20 | 2011-05-31 | Anulex Technologies, Inc. | Method and apparatus for the treatment of the intervertebral disc annulus |
US7935147B2 (en) | 1999-10-20 | 2011-05-03 | Anulex Technologies, Inc. | Method and apparatus for enhanced delivery of treatment device to the intervertebral disc annulus |
US6740093B2 (en) | 2000-02-28 | 2004-05-25 | Stephen Hochschuler | Method and apparatus for treating a vertebral body |
US6805695B2 (en) | 2000-04-04 | 2004-10-19 | Spinalabs, Llc | Devices and methods for annular repair of intervertebral discs |
US6964667B2 (en) | 2000-06-23 | 2005-11-15 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Formed in place fixation system with thermal acceleration |
US6899713B2 (en) | 2000-06-23 | 2005-05-31 | Vertelink Corporation | Formable orthopedic fixation system |
US6875212B2 (en) | 2000-06-23 | 2005-04-05 | Vertelink Corporation | Curable media for implantable medical device |
WO2002000126A1 (en) | 2000-06-23 | 2002-01-03 | University Of Southern California | Percutaneous vertebral fusion system |
US7204851B2 (en) * | 2000-08-30 | 2007-04-17 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Method and apparatus for delivering an intervertebral disc implant |
EP1227094B1 (en) * | 2001-01-30 | 2005-12-14 | Nissan Chemical Industries Ltd. | Isocyanurate compound and method for producing the same |
US6736815B2 (en) * | 2001-09-06 | 2004-05-18 | Core Medical, Inc. | Apparatus and methods for treating spinal discs |
EP1432371B1 (en) * | 2001-10-02 | 2009-07-08 | Rex Medical, L.P. | Spinal implant |
US7306596B2 (en) * | 2004-05-26 | 2007-12-11 | Baylis Medical Company Inc. | Multifunctional electrosurgical apparatus |
US6793678B2 (en) | 2002-06-27 | 2004-09-21 | Depuy Acromed, Inc. | Prosthetic intervertebral motion disc having dampening |
US7201775B2 (en) | 2002-09-24 | 2007-04-10 | Bogomir Gorensek | Stabilizing device for intervertebral disc, and methods thereof |
US7066942B2 (en) * | 2002-10-03 | 2006-06-27 | Wright Medical Technology, Inc. | Bendable needle for delivering bone graft material and method of use |
BRPI0407142A (en) | 2003-02-14 | 2006-01-10 | Depuy Spine Inc | In situ intervertebral fusion device |
US20050209672A1 (en) * | 2004-03-02 | 2005-09-22 | Cardiomind, Inc. | Sliding restraint stent delivery systems |
EP1610740A4 (en) | 2003-04-04 | 2009-04-08 | Theken Disc Llc | Artificial disc prosthesis |
US8512403B2 (en) * | 2003-05-20 | 2013-08-20 | The Cleveland Clinic Foundation | Annuloplasty ring with wing members for repair of a cardiac valve |
WO2004112584A2 (en) * | 2003-06-20 | 2004-12-29 | Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. | Implant for intervertebral disc annular defect |
US6857887B1 (en) * | 2003-10-29 | 2005-02-22 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Current limit engagement apparatus |
JP4440939B2 (en) | 2004-01-08 | 2010-03-24 | スパイン・ウェイブ・インコーポレーテッド | Apparatus and method for injecting flowable material into distracted tissue site |
US20050187631A1 (en) * | 2004-01-27 | 2005-08-25 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Prosthetic device |
US7559939B2 (en) * | 2004-05-07 | 2009-07-14 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Instrument for effecting anastomosis of respective tissues defining two body lumens |
US20050288675A1 (en) * | 2004-06-24 | 2005-12-29 | Med Ideas, Llc | Disk incision repair method |
US7740660B2 (en) * | 2004-06-29 | 2010-06-22 | Spine Wave, Inc. | Methods for treating defects and injuries of an intervertebral disc |
US20060224219A1 (en) * | 2005-03-31 | 2006-10-05 | Sherwood Services Ag | Method of using neural stimulation during nucleoplasty procedures |
US20060064145A1 (en) | 2004-09-21 | 2006-03-23 | Podhajsky Ronald J | Method for treatment of an intervertebral disc |
US20100145424A1 (en) * | 2004-09-21 | 2010-06-10 | Covidien Ag | Method for Treatment of an Intervertebral Disc |
US7938830B2 (en) | 2004-10-15 | 2011-05-10 | Baxano, Inc. | Powered tissue modification devices and methods |
US20110190772A1 (en) | 2004-10-15 | 2011-08-04 | Vahid Saadat | Powered tissue modification devices and methods |
US20100331883A1 (en) | 2004-10-15 | 2010-12-30 | Schmitz Gregory P | Access and tissue modification systems and methods |
US8048080B2 (en) | 2004-10-15 | 2011-11-01 | Baxano, Inc. | Flexible tissue rasp |
US7578819B2 (en) * | 2005-05-16 | 2009-08-25 | Baxano, Inc. | Spinal access and neural localization |
US7738969B2 (en) | 2004-10-15 | 2010-06-15 | Baxano, Inc. | Devices and methods for selective surgical removal of tissue |
US8062300B2 (en) | 2006-05-04 | 2011-11-22 | Baxano, Inc. | Tissue removal with at least partially flexible devices |
US8430881B2 (en) | 2004-10-15 | 2013-04-30 | Baxano, Inc. | Mechanical tissue modification devices and methods |
US7553307B2 (en) * | 2004-10-15 | 2009-06-30 | Baxano, Inc. | Devices and methods for tissue modification |
EP1799129B1 (en) | 2004-10-15 | 2020-11-25 | Baxano, Inc. | Devices for tissue removal |
US20060122458A1 (en) * | 2004-10-15 | 2006-06-08 | Baxano, Inc. | Devices and methods for tissue access |
US7887538B2 (en) | 2005-10-15 | 2011-02-15 | Baxano, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for tissue modification |
US8221397B2 (en) | 2004-10-15 | 2012-07-17 | Baxano, Inc. | Devices and methods for tissue modification |
US8613745B2 (en) | 2004-10-15 | 2013-12-24 | Baxano Surgical, Inc. | Methods, systems and devices for carpal tunnel release |
US8257356B2 (en) | 2004-10-15 | 2012-09-04 | Baxano, Inc. | Guidewire exchange systems to treat spinal stenosis |
US9101386B2 (en) | 2004-10-15 | 2015-08-11 | Amendia, Inc. | Devices and methods for treating tissue |
US7857813B2 (en) | 2006-08-29 | 2010-12-28 | Baxano, Inc. | Tissue access guidewire system and method |
US9247952B2 (en) | 2004-10-15 | 2016-02-02 | Amendia, Inc. | Devices and methods for tissue access |
US20080312660A1 (en) * | 2007-06-15 | 2008-12-18 | Baxano, Inc. | Devices and methods for measuring the space around a nerve root |
US9463012B2 (en) | 2004-10-26 | 2016-10-11 | P Tech, Llc | Apparatus for guiding and positioning an implant |
US7722620B2 (en) | 2004-12-06 | 2010-05-25 | Dfine, Inc. | Bone treatment systems and methods |
US20060241566A1 (en) * | 2005-04-11 | 2006-10-26 | Orthox, Llc | Nucleus Extraction from Spine Intervertebral Disc |
US20060235416A1 (en) * | 2005-04-15 | 2006-10-19 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Intervertebral connecting elements |
US7632313B2 (en) | 2005-04-29 | 2009-12-15 | Jmea Corporation | Disc repair system |
US20060247789A1 (en) * | 2005-04-29 | 2006-11-02 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Method and device for stabilization of prosthetic devices |
US8702718B2 (en) | 2005-04-29 | 2014-04-22 | Jmea Corporation | Implantation system for tissue repair |
US20060247776A1 (en) * | 2005-05-02 | 2006-11-02 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Systems and methods for augmenting intervertebral discs |
US8795364B2 (en) * | 2005-05-06 | 2014-08-05 | Kensey Nash Corporation | System and devices for the repair of a vertebral disc defect |
US20060271196A1 (en) * | 2005-05-26 | 2006-11-30 | Saal Jeffrey A | Spinal disc annulus augmentation |
US7909872B2 (en) * | 2005-06-03 | 2011-03-22 | Zipnick Richard I | Minimally invasive apparatus to manipulate and revitalize spinal column disc |
US20060276901A1 (en) * | 2005-06-03 | 2006-12-07 | Zipnick Richard I | Minimally invasive apparatus to manipulate and revitalize spinal column disc |
US7727279B2 (en) * | 2005-06-03 | 2010-06-01 | Zipnick Richard I | Minimally invasive apparatus to manipulate and revitalize spinal column disc |
US20060276902A1 (en) * | 2005-06-03 | 2006-12-07 | Zipnick Richard I | Minimally invasive apparatus to manipulate and revitalize spinal column disc |
US7879099B2 (en) * | 2005-06-03 | 2011-02-01 | Zipnick Richard I | Minimally invasive apparatus to manipulate and revitalize spinal column disc |
US7883542B2 (en) * | 2005-06-03 | 2011-02-08 | Zipnick Richard I | Minimally invasive apparatus to manipulate and revitalize spinal column disc |
US20060276899A1 (en) * | 2005-06-03 | 2006-12-07 | Zipnick Richard I | Minimally invasive apparatus to manipulate and revitalize spinal column disc |
US20070135827A1 (en) * | 2005-12-12 | 2007-06-14 | Zipnick Richard I | Method and apparatus to penetrate soft tissue and produce passageway in hard tissue while protecting principal vasculature and nerves |
US20060276886A1 (en) * | 2005-06-07 | 2006-12-07 | Cardiomind, Inc. | Ten-thousandths scale metal reinforced stent delivery guide sheath or restraint |
US7442210B2 (en) | 2005-06-15 | 2008-10-28 | Jerome Segal | Mechanical apparatus and method for artificial disc replacement |
US20070162135A1 (en) * | 2005-06-15 | 2007-07-12 | Jerome Segal | Mechanical apparatus and method for artificial disc replacement |
US8021426B2 (en) * | 2005-06-15 | 2011-09-20 | Ouroboros Medical, Inc. | Mechanical apparatus and method for artificial disc replacement |
US7547319B2 (en) | 2005-06-15 | 2009-06-16 | Ouroboros Medical | Mechanical apparatus and method for artificial disc replacement |
US7988735B2 (en) * | 2005-06-15 | 2011-08-02 | Matthew Yurek | Mechanical apparatus and method for delivering materials into the inter-vertebral body space for nucleus replacement |
US7601172B2 (en) | 2005-06-15 | 2009-10-13 | Ouroboros Medical, Inc. | Mechanical apparatus and method for artificial disc replacement |
US7824414B2 (en) * | 2005-07-22 | 2010-11-02 | Kensey Nash Corporation | System and devices for the repair of a vertebral disc defect |
US8454617B2 (en) | 2005-08-16 | 2013-06-04 | Benvenue Medical, Inc. | Devices for treating the spine |
US8366773B2 (en) | 2005-08-16 | 2013-02-05 | Benvenue Medical, Inc. | Apparatus and method for treating bone |
CA2617872C (en) | 2005-08-16 | 2013-12-24 | Benvenue Medical, Inc. | Spinal tissue distraction devices |
US8591583B2 (en) | 2005-08-16 | 2013-11-26 | Benvenue Medical, Inc. | Devices for treating the spine |
US20070050028A1 (en) | 2005-08-26 | 2007-03-01 | Conner E S | Spinal implants and methods of providing dynamic stability to the spine |
US8603098B2 (en) * | 2005-09-12 | 2013-12-10 | K2M, Inc. | Posterior modular disc replacement system |
US20070083200A1 (en) * | 2005-09-23 | 2007-04-12 | Gittings Darin C | Spinal stabilization systems and methods |
US20080033465A1 (en) * | 2006-08-01 | 2008-02-07 | Baxano, Inc. | Multi-Wire Tissue Cutter |
US8366712B2 (en) | 2005-10-15 | 2013-02-05 | Baxano, Inc. | Multiple pathways for spinal nerve root decompression from a single access point |
US8062298B2 (en) | 2005-10-15 | 2011-11-22 | Baxano, Inc. | Flexible tissue removal devices and methods |
US8092456B2 (en) | 2005-10-15 | 2012-01-10 | Baxano, Inc. | Multiple pathways for spinal nerve root decompression from a single access point |
US20070093906A1 (en) * | 2005-10-26 | 2007-04-26 | Zimmer Spine, Inc. | Nucleus implant and method |
US7988695B2 (en) | 2005-12-21 | 2011-08-02 | Theken Spine, Llc | Articulated delivery instrument |
US7799079B2 (en) | 2006-01-18 | 2010-09-21 | Zimmer Spine, Inc. | Vertebral fusion device and method |
US20070173941A1 (en) * | 2006-01-25 | 2007-07-26 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Intervertebral prosthetic disc and method of installing same |
US7959676B2 (en) * | 2006-02-13 | 2011-06-14 | Lanx, Inc. | Method and apparatus for intervertebral disc support and repair |
WO2007124201A2 (en) * | 2006-02-23 | 2007-11-01 | Saratech, Inc. | System s and methods for repairing an annulus |
US7976549B2 (en) | 2006-03-23 | 2011-07-12 | Theken Spine, Llc | Instruments for delivering spinal implants |
US9364293B2 (en) * | 2006-04-28 | 2016-06-14 | Biosense Webster, Inc. | Reduced field distortion in medical tools |
AU2013204411B2 (en) * | 2006-04-28 | 2015-10-01 | Biosense Webster, Inc. | Reduced field distortion in medical tools |
US20070265633A1 (en) * | 2006-05-11 | 2007-11-15 | Moon Jon K | Implement and method to extract nucleus from spine intervertebral disc |
US20110034975A1 (en) * | 2006-05-26 | 2011-02-10 | Ferree Bret A | Methods and apparatus for repairing and/or replacing intervertebral disc components and promoting healing |
US8172882B2 (en) | 2006-06-14 | 2012-05-08 | Spartek Medical, Inc. | Implant system and method to treat degenerative disorders of the spine |
US20080027456A1 (en) * | 2006-07-19 | 2008-01-31 | Csaba Truckai | Bone treatment systems and methods |
US8506636B2 (en) | 2006-09-08 | 2013-08-13 | Theken Spine, Llc | Offset radius lordosis |
US8357168B2 (en) * | 2006-09-08 | 2013-01-22 | Spine Wave, Inc. | Modular injection needle and seal assembly |
US20080065218A1 (en) * | 2006-09-13 | 2008-03-13 | O'neil Michael J | Annulus fibrosus repair devices and techniques |
US20080172126A1 (en) * | 2006-10-03 | 2008-07-17 | Reynolds Martin A | Nucleus pulposus injection devices and methods |
US8066750B2 (en) | 2006-10-06 | 2011-11-29 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc | Port structures for non-rigid bone plates |
AU2007322137B2 (en) | 2006-11-16 | 2013-01-24 | Rex Medical, L.P. | Spinal implant and method of use |
ATE543449T1 (en) * | 2006-12-07 | 2012-02-15 | Baxano Inc | DEVICES FOR TISSUE REMOVAL |
US11395626B2 (en) | 2006-12-07 | 2022-07-26 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Sensor for intervertebral fusion indicia |
US20080140091A1 (en) * | 2006-12-12 | 2008-06-12 | Dedeyne Patrick G | Minimally invasive suture-based repair of soft tissue |
US8758407B2 (en) | 2006-12-21 | 2014-06-24 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Methods for positioning a load-bearing orthopedic implant device in vivo |
US20080177389A1 (en) * | 2006-12-21 | 2008-07-24 | Rob Gene Parrish | Intervertebral disc spacer |
US8480718B2 (en) | 2006-12-21 | 2013-07-09 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Curable orthopedic implant devices configured to be hardened after placement in vivo |
US7771476B2 (en) * | 2006-12-21 | 2010-08-10 | Warsaw Orthopedic Inc. | Curable orthopedic implant devices configured to harden after placement in vivo by application of a cure-initiating energy before insertion |
US8663328B2 (en) | 2006-12-21 | 2014-03-04 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Methods for positioning a load-bearing component of an orthopedic implant device by inserting a malleable device that hardens in vivo |
US8048121B2 (en) | 2007-06-05 | 2011-11-01 | Spartek Medical, Inc. | Spine implant with a defelction rod system anchored to a bone anchor and method |
US8048113B2 (en) | 2007-06-05 | 2011-11-01 | Spartek Medical, Inc. | Deflection rod system with a non-linear deflection to load characteristic for a dynamic stabilization and motion preservation spinal implantation system and method |
US8092501B2 (en) | 2007-06-05 | 2012-01-10 | Spartek Medical, Inc. | Dynamic spinal rod and method for dynamic stabilization of the spine |
US7993372B2 (en) | 2007-06-05 | 2011-08-09 | Spartek Medical, Inc. | Dynamic stabilization and motion preservation spinal implantation system with a shielded deflection rod system and method |
US8083772B2 (en) | 2007-06-05 | 2011-12-27 | Spartek Medical, Inc. | Dynamic spinal rod assembly and method for dynamic stabilization of the spine |
US8114134B2 (en) | 2007-06-05 | 2012-02-14 | Spartek Medical, Inc. | Spinal prosthesis having a three bar linkage for motion preservation and dynamic stabilization of the spine |
US8162987B2 (en) | 2007-06-05 | 2012-04-24 | Spartek Medical, Inc. | Modular spine treatment kit for dynamic stabilization and motion preservation of the spine |
US8048115B2 (en) | 2007-06-05 | 2011-11-01 | Spartek Medical, Inc. | Surgical tool and method for implantation of a dynamic bone anchor |
US8021396B2 (en) | 2007-06-05 | 2011-09-20 | Spartek Medical, Inc. | Configurable dynamic spinal rod and method for dynamic stabilization of the spine |
CA2693206A1 (en) * | 2007-08-09 | 2009-02-12 | Nonlinear Technologies Ltd. | Device and method for spinous process distraction |
WO2009032695A1 (en) * | 2007-08-29 | 2009-03-12 | Trinity Orthopedics, Llc | Annulus fibrosus repair device and methods |
WO2009032363A1 (en) | 2007-09-06 | 2009-03-12 | Baxano, Inc. | Method, system and apparatus for neural localization |
US20090149958A1 (en) * | 2007-11-01 | 2009-06-11 | Ann Prewett | Structurally reinforced spinal nucleus implants |
US8192436B2 (en) | 2007-12-07 | 2012-06-05 | Baxano, Inc. | Tissue modification devices |
US8439922B1 (en) | 2008-02-06 | 2013-05-14 | NiVasive, Inc. | Systems and methods for holding and implanting bone anchors |
US8333792B2 (en) | 2008-02-26 | 2012-12-18 | Spartek Medical, Inc. | Load-sharing bone anchor having a deflectable post and method for dynamic stabilization of the spine |
US8016861B2 (en) | 2008-02-26 | 2011-09-13 | Spartek Medical, Inc. | Versatile polyaxial connector assembly and method for dynamic stabilization of the spine |
US8057515B2 (en) | 2008-02-26 | 2011-11-15 | Spartek Medical, Inc. | Load-sharing anchor having a deflectable post and centering spring and method for dynamic stabilization of the spine |
US8083775B2 (en) | 2008-02-26 | 2011-12-27 | Spartek Medical, Inc. | Load-sharing bone anchor having a natural center of rotation and method for dynamic stabilization of the spine |
US8211155B2 (en) | 2008-02-26 | 2012-07-03 | Spartek Medical, Inc. | Load-sharing bone anchor having a durable compliant member and method for dynamic stabilization of the spine |
US8007518B2 (en) | 2008-02-26 | 2011-08-30 | Spartek Medical, Inc. | Load-sharing component having a deflectable post and method for dynamic stabilization of the spine |
US8267979B2 (en) | 2008-02-26 | 2012-09-18 | Spartek Medical, Inc. | Load-sharing bone anchor having a deflectable post and axial spring and method for dynamic stabilization of the spine |
US8337536B2 (en) | 2008-02-26 | 2012-12-25 | Spartek Medical, Inc. | Load-sharing bone anchor having a deflectable post with a compliant ring and method for stabilization of the spine |
US8097024B2 (en) | 2008-02-26 | 2012-01-17 | Spartek Medical, Inc. | Load-sharing bone anchor having a deflectable post and method for stabilization of the spine |
US8152807B2 (en) * | 2008-03-31 | 2012-04-10 | Olecranail Llc | Intramedullary device assembly and associated method |
ES2361099B1 (en) * | 2008-05-26 | 2012-05-08 | Rudolf Morgenstern Lopez | "INTERVERTEBRAL PROSTHESIS" |
US9314253B2 (en) | 2008-07-01 | 2016-04-19 | Amendia, Inc. | Tissue modification devices and methods |
US8409206B2 (en) | 2008-07-01 | 2013-04-02 | Baxano, Inc. | Tissue modification devices and methods |
US8398641B2 (en) | 2008-07-01 | 2013-03-19 | Baxano, Inc. | Tissue modification devices and methods |
AU2009271047B2 (en) | 2008-07-14 | 2014-04-17 | Baxano Surgical, Inc. | Tissue modification devices |
US20100023025A1 (en) * | 2008-07-25 | 2010-01-28 | Zeiner Mark S | Reloadable laparoscopic fastener deploying device with disposable cartridge for use in a gastric volume reduction procedure |
US20100023022A1 (en) * | 2008-07-25 | 2010-01-28 | Zeiner Mark S | Reloadable laparoscopic fastener deploying device with disposable cartridge use in a gastric volume reduction procedure |
US20100023026A1 (en) * | 2008-07-25 | 2010-01-28 | Zeiner Mark S | Reloadable laparoscopic fastener deploying device with disposable cartridge for use in a gastric volume reduction procedure |
US20100023024A1 (en) * | 2008-07-25 | 2010-01-28 | Zeiner Mark S | Reloadable laparoscopic fastener deploying device with disposable cartridge for use in a gastric volume reduction procedure |
US8187333B2 (en) * | 2008-09-18 | 2012-05-29 | Mayer Peter L | Intervertebral disc prosthesis and method for implanting and explanting |
US8814937B2 (en) | 2008-09-18 | 2014-08-26 | Peter L. Mayer | Intervertebral disc prosthesis, method for assembling, method for implanting prosthesis, and method for explanting |
US8204574B2 (en) * | 2008-11-21 | 2012-06-19 | Medtronic, Inc. | Stylet for use with image guided systems |
WO2010105261A2 (en) | 2009-03-13 | 2010-09-16 | Baxano, Inc. | Flexible neural localization devices and methods |
US8535327B2 (en) | 2009-03-17 | 2013-09-17 | Benvenue Medical, Inc. | Delivery apparatus for use with implantable medical devices |
US20110040331A1 (en) * | 2009-05-20 | 2011-02-17 | Jose Fernandez | Posterior stabilizer |
US8216237B2 (en) * | 2009-06-04 | 2012-07-10 | Edwards Scott G | Intramedullary device assembly and associated method |
US8394102B2 (en) | 2009-06-25 | 2013-03-12 | Baxano, Inc. | Surgical tools for treatment of spinal stenosis |
US8657870B2 (en) * | 2009-06-26 | 2014-02-25 | Biosensors International Group, Ltd. | Implant delivery apparatus and methods with electrolytic release |
US9179905B2 (en) | 2009-07-17 | 2015-11-10 | Pivot Medical, Inc. | Method and apparatus for re-attaching the labrum to the acetabulum, including the provision and use of a novel suture anchor system |
US9149268B2 (en) | 2009-07-17 | 2015-10-06 | Pivot Medical, Inc. | Method and apparatus for attaching tissue to bone, including the provision and use of a novel knotless suture anchor system |
US11246585B2 (en) | 2009-07-17 | 2022-02-15 | Stryker Puerto Rico Limited | Method and apparatus for attaching tissue to bone, including the provision and use of a novel knotless suture anchor system |
US10136884B2 (en) | 2009-07-17 | 2018-11-27 | Pivot Medical, Inc. | Method and apparatus for attaching tissue to bone, including the provision and use of a novel knotless suture anchor system, including a retractable sheath |
US11197663B2 (en) | 2009-07-17 | 2021-12-14 | Stryker Puerto Rico Limited | Method and apparatus for attaching tissue to bone, including the provision and use of a novel knotless suture anchor system |
US10058319B2 (en) | 2009-07-17 | 2018-08-28 | Pivot Medical, Inc. | Method and apparatus for attaching tissue to bone, including the provision and use of a novel knotless suture anchor system, including a novel locking element |
US10238379B2 (en) | 2009-07-17 | 2019-03-26 | Pivot Medical, Inc. | Method and apparatus for attaching tissue to bone, including the provision and use of a novel knotless suture anchor system |
US10426456B2 (en) | 2009-07-17 | 2019-10-01 | Pivot Medical, Inc. | Method and apparatus for re-attaching the labrum to the acetabulum, including the provision and use of a novel suture anchor system |
US8814903B2 (en) * | 2009-07-24 | 2014-08-26 | Depuy Mitek, Llc | Methods and devices for repairing meniscal tissue |
US8828053B2 (en) | 2009-07-24 | 2014-09-09 | Depuy Mitek, Llc | Methods and devices for repairing and anchoring damaged tissue |
US20110028981A1 (en) * | 2009-07-29 | 2011-02-03 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Bone graft measuring apparatus and method of use |
US8211126B2 (en) | 2009-09-22 | 2012-07-03 | Jmea Corporation | Tissue repair system |
DK201070270A (en) * | 2009-10-19 | 2011-04-20 | Coloplast As | Finger guided suture fixation system |
DK201070272A (en) * | 2009-10-19 | 2011-04-20 | Coloplast As | Finger guided suture fixation system |
US8465503B2 (en) * | 2009-10-19 | 2013-06-18 | Coloplast A/S | Finger guided suture fixation system |
US8758371B2 (en) * | 2009-10-20 | 2014-06-24 | Coloplast A/S | Method of fixing a suture to tissue |
CN102695465A (en) | 2009-12-02 | 2012-09-26 | 斯帕泰克医疗股份有限公司 | Low profile spinal prosthesis incorporating a bone anchor having a deflectable post and a compound spinal rod |
US20110264098A1 (en) * | 2010-02-26 | 2011-10-27 | Cobbs Charles S | Minimally invasive systems, devices, and surgical methods for performing arthrodesis in the spine |
WO2011116136A1 (en) | 2010-03-16 | 2011-09-22 | Pinnacle Spine Group, Llc | Intervertebral implants and graft delivery systems and methods |
US9451938B2 (en) | 2010-04-27 | 2016-09-27 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Insertion instrument for anchor assembly |
US9743919B2 (en) | 2010-04-27 | 2017-08-29 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Stitch lock for attaching two or more structures |
US9597064B2 (en) | 2010-04-27 | 2017-03-21 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Methods for approximating a tissue defect using an anchor assembly |
KR20130092425A (en) | 2010-04-27 | 2013-08-20 | 신세스 게엠바하 | Anchor assembly including expandable anchor |
US20110307015A1 (en) | 2010-06-10 | 2011-12-15 | Spartek Medical, Inc. | Adaptive spinal rod and methods for stabilization of the spine |
US8685052B2 (en) | 2010-06-30 | 2014-04-01 | Laurimed, Llc | Devices and methods for cutting tissue |
US8641717B2 (en) | 2010-07-01 | 2014-02-04 | DePuy Synthes Products, LLC | Guidewire insertion methods and devices |
US9198698B1 (en) | 2011-02-10 | 2015-12-01 | Nuvasive, Inc. | Minimally invasive spinal fixation system and related methods |
WO2012130337A1 (en) | 2011-04-01 | 2012-10-04 | Flux Medical N.V. | System, device and method for ablation of a vessel's wall from the inside |
WO2012178018A2 (en) | 2011-06-24 | 2012-12-27 | Benvenue Medical, Inc. | Devices and methods for treating bone tissue |
AU2012275207B2 (en) | 2011-06-29 | 2016-10-06 | Stryker Puerto Rico Limited | Method and apparatus for re-attaching the labrum to the acetabulum, including the provision and use of a novel suture anchor system |
ITVI20110192A1 (en) * | 2011-07-19 | 2013-01-20 | Lorenzo Cortelazzi | PRESIDIO MEDICO FOR THE THERMAL TREATMENT OF A BIOLOGICAL FABRIC, IN PARTICULAR OF AN INTERVERTEBRAL DISC |
US9119639B2 (en) | 2011-08-09 | 2015-09-01 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Articulated cavity creator |
EP3560434B1 (en) | 2011-08-18 | 2021-03-03 | Anchor Orthopedics XT Inc. | Suture passer |
US9380932B1 (en) | 2011-11-02 | 2016-07-05 | Pinnacle Spine Group, Llc | Retractor devices for minimally invasive access to the spine |
US9204959B2 (en) * | 2012-02-02 | 2015-12-08 | Smith & Nephew, Inc. | Implantable biologic holder |
US8430916B1 (en) | 2012-02-07 | 2013-04-30 | Spartek Medical, Inc. | Spinal rod connectors, methods of use, and spinal prosthesis incorporating spinal rod connectors |
IN2014KN02364A (en) * | 2012-04-02 | 2015-05-01 | Medical Dev Technologies S A | |
EP2833968B1 (en) * | 2012-04-02 | 2018-05-23 | Medical Development Technologies S.A. | Implant device and system for ablation of a vessel's wall from the inside |
EA027060B1 (en) * | 2012-04-02 | 2017-06-30 | Медикал Дивелопмент Текнолоджис С.А. | Implant device and system for ablation of a renal arterial wall from the inside |
US9393126B2 (en) | 2012-04-20 | 2016-07-19 | Peter L. Mayer | Bilaterally placed disc prosthesis for spinal implant and method of bilateral placement |
US9364339B2 (en) | 2012-04-30 | 2016-06-14 | Peter L. Mayer | Unilaterally placed expansile spinal prosthesis |
US9526623B2 (en) | 2012-05-30 | 2016-12-27 | Newvert Ltd. | Spinal disc annulus closure device |
US10022174B2 (en) * | 2012-06-04 | 2018-07-17 | Depuy Mitek, Llc | Methods and devices for surgical guide pin placement |
US8940052B2 (en) | 2012-07-26 | 2015-01-27 | DePuy Synthes Products, LLC | Expandable implant |
US20140067069A1 (en) | 2012-08-30 | 2014-03-06 | Interventional Spine, Inc. | Artificial disc |
US9433404B2 (en) | 2012-10-31 | 2016-09-06 | Suture Concepts Inc. | Method and apparatus for closing fissures in the annulus fibrosus |
US10786235B2 (en) | 2012-10-31 | 2020-09-29 | Anchor Innovation Medical, Inc. | Method and apparatus for closing a fissure in the annulus of an intervertebral disc, and/or for effecting other anatomical repairs and/or fixations |
US9241729B2 (en) | 2012-12-14 | 2016-01-26 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Device to aid in the deployment of a shape memory instrument |
US9055930B2 (en) * | 2012-12-17 | 2015-06-16 | Cook Medical Technologies Llc | Device for preparing an implanted medical apparatus for extraction |
US9439693B2 (en) | 2013-02-01 | 2016-09-13 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Steerable needle assembly for use in vertebral body augmentation |
US10070970B2 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2018-09-11 | Pinnacle Spine Group, Llc | Interbody implants and graft delivery systems |
US10085783B2 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2018-10-02 | Izi Medical Products, Llc | Devices and methods for treating bone tissue |
EP2967903B1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2021-12-08 | Lifenet Health | Medical implant for fixation and integration with hard tissue |
US9486256B1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2016-11-08 | Nuvasive, Inc. | Rod reduction assemblies and related methods |
US10292694B2 (en) | 2013-04-22 | 2019-05-21 | Pivot Medical, Inc. | Method and apparatus for attaching tissue to bone |
US9579137B2 (en) * | 2013-08-06 | 2017-02-28 | Globus Medical, Inc. | Graft delivery system and methods thereof |
EP3033014B1 (en) | 2013-08-16 | 2021-04-14 | Suture Concepts Inc. | Apparatus for closing a fissure in the annulus of an intervertebral disc, and/or for effecting other anatomical repairs and/or fixations |
US9480516B2 (en) * | 2013-09-09 | 2016-11-01 | Globus Medical, Inc. | Percutaneous bone screw device and method |
WO2015039104A2 (en) | 2013-09-16 | 2015-03-19 | Neuraxis, Llc | Methods and devices for applying localized thermal therapy |
WO2015038200A1 (en) | 2013-09-16 | 2015-03-19 | Neuraxis, Llc | Implantable devices for thermal therapy and related methods |
EP3079604B8 (en) * | 2013-12-12 | 2022-09-07 | Stryker Puerto Rico, LLC | Apparatus for attaching tissue to bone, including the provision and use of a novel knotless suture anchor system |
CN104720880B (en) * | 2013-12-20 | 2017-09-29 | 中国医学科学院北京协和医院 | A kind of scoliosis for child or adolescent, rear convex way of escape growing rod orthopedic device that can actively strut |
US9974577B1 (en) | 2015-05-21 | 2018-05-22 | Nuvasive, Inc. | Methods and instruments for performing leveraged reduction during single position spine surgery |
US9913727B2 (en) | 2015-07-02 | 2018-03-13 | Medos International Sarl | Expandable implant |
US10398481B2 (en) | 2016-10-03 | 2019-09-03 | Nuvasive, Inc. | Spinal fixation system |
KR102042646B1 (en) * | 2016-10-06 | 2019-11-08 | 아주대학교산학협력단 | Device for supporting hoop stress of meniscus |
US10537436B2 (en) | 2016-11-01 | 2020-01-21 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Curved expandable cage |
US10888433B2 (en) | 2016-12-14 | 2021-01-12 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Intervertebral implant inserter and related methods |
US10940016B2 (en) | 2017-07-05 | 2021-03-09 | Medos International Sarl | Expandable intervertebral fusion cage |
US11051861B2 (en) | 2018-06-13 | 2021-07-06 | Nuvasive, Inc. | Rod reduction assemblies and related methods |
CN109199580A (en) * | 2018-09-04 | 2019-01-15 | 方润医疗器械科技(上海)有限公司 | It is a kind of for treating the flexible radio frequency plasma procedures electrode of discogenic pain |
WO2020142379A2 (en) * | 2019-01-04 | 2020-07-09 | Panther Orthopedics, Inc. | Bone and joint stabilization device features and delivery systems |
EP3917418A1 (en) * | 2019-02-01 | 2021-12-08 | Disccath, LLC | Medical delivery device and method for delivering therapeutic agents directly into the annulus fibrosus of an intervertebral disc |
US11682841B2 (en) | 2021-09-16 | 2023-06-20 | Eagle Technology, Llc | Communications device with helically wound conductive strip and related antenna devices and methods |
US12027762B2 (en) | 2022-02-10 | 2024-07-02 | Eagle Technology, Llc | Communications device with helically wound conductive strip with lens and related antenna device and method |
Citations (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6835205B2 (en) * | 2000-04-04 | 2004-12-28 | Spinalabs, Llc | Devices and methods for the treatment of spinal disorders |
Family Cites Families (464)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CA992255A (en) | 1971-01-25 | 1976-07-06 | Cutter Laboratories | Prosthesis for spinal repair |
US3895753A (en) | 1971-06-30 | 1975-07-22 | Dennison Mfg Co | Fastener attachment system needle constructions |
US3875595A (en) | 1974-04-15 | 1975-04-08 | Edward C Froning | Intervertebral disc prosthesis and instruments for locating same |
US4013078A (en) | 1974-11-25 | 1977-03-22 | Feild James Rodney | Intervertebral protector means |
US4006747A (en) | 1975-04-23 | 1977-02-08 | Ethicon, Inc. | Surgical method |
US3990619A (en) | 1975-11-12 | 1976-11-09 | Dennison Manufacturing Company | Fastener attachment needle |
US4059115A (en) | 1976-06-14 | 1977-11-22 | Georgy Stepanovich Jumashev | Surgical instrument for operation of anterior fenestrated spondylodessis in vertebral osteochondrosis |
US4369788A (en) | 1980-01-31 | 1983-01-25 | Goald Harold J | Reversed forceps for microdisc surgery |
CA1146301A (en) | 1980-06-13 | 1983-05-17 | J. David Kuntz | Intervertebral disc prosthesis |
US4494261A (en) | 1980-12-22 | 1985-01-22 | Spinal Dynamics, Inc. | Head and neck cushion |
JPS57144756A (en) | 1981-03-04 | 1982-09-07 | Koken Kk | Impermeable laminated film |
US4502161A (en) | 1981-09-21 | 1985-03-05 | Wall W H | Prosthetic meniscus for the repair of joints |
US4741330A (en) | 1983-05-19 | 1988-05-03 | Hayhurst John O | Method and apparatus for anchoring and manipulating cartilage |
US4545374A (en) | 1982-09-03 | 1985-10-08 | Jacobson Robert E | Method and instruments for performing a percutaneous lumbar diskectomy |
US4512338A (en) | 1983-01-25 | 1985-04-23 | Balko Alexander B | Process for restoring patency to body vessels |
US4532926A (en) | 1983-06-20 | 1985-08-06 | Ethicon, Inc. | Two-piece tissue fastener with ratchet leg staple and sealable latching receiver |
US4873976A (en) | 1984-02-28 | 1989-10-17 | Schreiber Saul N | Surgical fasteners and method |
US4837285A (en) | 1984-03-27 | 1989-06-06 | Medimatrix | Collagen matrix beads for soft tissue repair |
US4678459A (en) | 1984-07-23 | 1987-07-07 | E-Z-Em, Inc. | Irrigating, cutting and aspirating system for percutaneous surgery |
US4736746A (en) | 1985-04-11 | 1988-04-12 | Dennison Manufacturing Company | Method of fastening tissues |
US4743260A (en) | 1985-06-10 | 1988-05-10 | Burton Charles V | Method for a flexible stabilization system for a vertebral column |
US4781190A (en) | 1985-06-18 | 1988-11-01 | Lee Wilson K C | Method of arthroscopic repair of a limb joint |
US4669473A (en) | 1985-09-06 | 1987-06-02 | Acufex Microsurgical, Inc. | Surgical fastener |
CH671691A5 (en) | 1987-01-08 | 1989-09-29 | Sulzer Ag | |
US4834757A (en) | 1987-01-22 | 1989-05-30 | Brantigan John W | Prosthetic implant |
US4744364A (en) | 1987-02-17 | 1988-05-17 | Intravascular Surgical Instruments, Inc. | Device for sealing percutaneous puncture in a vessel |
US4890612A (en) | 1987-02-17 | 1990-01-02 | Kensey Nash Corporation | Device for sealing percutaneous puncture in a vessel |
US4852568A (en) | 1987-02-17 | 1989-08-01 | Kensey Nash Corporation | Method and apparatus for sealing an opening in tissue of a living being |
US4863477A (en) | 1987-05-12 | 1989-09-05 | Monson Gary L | Synthetic intervertebral disc prosthesis |
CH672589A5 (en) | 1987-07-09 | 1989-12-15 | Sulzer Ag | |
CH672588A5 (en) | 1987-07-09 | 1989-12-15 | Sulzer Ag | |
US5258043A (en) | 1987-07-20 | 1993-11-02 | Regen Corporation | Method for making a prosthetic intervertebral disc |
US5108438A (en) | 1989-03-02 | 1992-04-28 | Regen Corporation | Prosthetic intervertebral disc |
US5306311A (en) | 1987-07-20 | 1994-04-26 | Regen Corporation | Prosthetic articular cartilage |
US4772287A (en) | 1987-08-20 | 1988-09-20 | Cedar Surgical, Inc. | Prosthetic disc and method of implanting |
JPH01136655A (en) | 1987-11-24 | 1989-05-29 | Asahi Optical Co Ltd | Movable type pyramid spacer |
US4874389A (en) | 1987-12-07 | 1989-10-17 | Downey Ernest L | Replacement disc |
US5282856A (en) | 1987-12-22 | 1994-02-01 | Ledergerber Walter J | Implantable prosthetic device |
DE8807485U1 (en) | 1988-06-06 | 1989-08-10 | Mecron Medizinische Produkte Gmbh, 1000 Berlin | Intervertebral disc endoprosthesis |
US4911718A (en) | 1988-06-10 | 1990-03-27 | University Of Medicine & Dentistry Of N.J. | Functional and biocompatible intervertebral disc spacer |
US5772661A (en) | 1988-06-13 | 1998-06-30 | Michelson; Gary Karlin | Methods and instrumentation for the surgical correction of human thoracic and lumbar spinal disease from the antero-lateral aspect of the spine |
US5545229A (en) | 1988-08-18 | 1996-08-13 | University Of Medicine And Dentistry Of Nj | Functional and biocompatible intervertebral disc spacer containing elastomeric material of varying hardness |
AU624627B2 (en) | 1988-08-18 | 1992-06-18 | Johnson & Johnson Orthopaedics, Inc. | Functional and biocompatible intervertebral disc spacer containing elastomeric material of varying hardness |
US5053046A (en) | 1988-08-22 | 1991-10-01 | Woodrow W. Janese | Dural sealing needle and method of use |
US4961740B1 (en) | 1988-10-17 | 1997-01-14 | Surgical Dynamics Inc | V-thread fusion cage and method of fusing a bone joint |
US4919667A (en) | 1988-12-02 | 1990-04-24 | Stryker Corporation | Implant |
FR2642645B1 (en) | 1989-02-03 | 1992-08-14 | Breard Francis | FLEXIBLE INTERVERTEBRAL STABILIZER AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING ITS VOLTAGE BEFORE PLACEMENT ON THE RACHIS |
US5059206A (en) | 1989-04-12 | 1991-10-22 | Winters Thomas F | Method and apparatus for repairing a tear in a knee meniscus |
US5015255A (en) | 1989-05-10 | 1991-05-14 | Spine-Tech, Inc. | Spinal stabilization method |
US5100422A (en) | 1989-05-26 | 1992-03-31 | Impra, Inc. | Blood vessel patch |
US5354736A (en) | 1989-08-14 | 1994-10-11 | Regents Of The University Of California | Synthetic compounds and compositions with enhanced cell binding |
US5055104A (en) | 1989-11-06 | 1991-10-08 | Surgical Dynamics, Inc. | Surgically implanting threaded fusion cages between adjacent low-back vertebrae by an anterior approach |
US5059193A (en) | 1989-11-20 | 1991-10-22 | Spine-Tech, Inc. | Expandable spinal implant and surgical method |
US5061274A (en) | 1989-12-04 | 1991-10-29 | Kensey Nash Corporation | Plug device for sealing openings and method of use |
US5242439A (en) | 1990-01-12 | 1993-09-07 | Laserscope | Means for inserting instrumentation for a percutaneous diskectomy using a laser |
US5201729A (en) | 1990-01-12 | 1993-04-13 | Laserscope | Method for performing percutaneous diskectomy using a laser |
US5492697A (en) | 1990-03-05 | 1996-02-20 | Board Of Regents, Univ. Of Texas System | Biodegradable implant for fracture nonunions |
WO1991015155A1 (en) | 1990-04-02 | 1991-10-17 | Kanji Inoue | Device for closing shunt opening by nonoperative method |
DE59100448D1 (en) | 1990-04-20 | 1993-11-11 | Sulzer Ag | Implant, in particular intervertebral prosthesis. |
US5021059A (en) | 1990-05-07 | 1991-06-04 | Kensey Nash Corporation | Plug device with pulley for sealing punctures in tissue and methods of use |
US5342394A (en) | 1990-05-16 | 1994-08-30 | Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. | Apparatus for blocking a vein branch and method of blocking a vein branch |
FR2666981B1 (en) | 1990-09-21 | 1993-06-25 | Commarmond Jacques | SYNTHETIC LIGAMENT VERTEBRAL. |
US5391183A (en) | 1990-09-21 | 1995-02-21 | Datascope Investment Corp | Device and method sealing puncture wounds |
US5116357A (en) | 1990-10-11 | 1992-05-26 | Eberbach Mark A | Hernia plug and introducer apparatus |
US5141515A (en) | 1990-10-11 | 1992-08-25 | Eberbach Mark A | Apparatus and methods for repairing hernias |
US5122155A (en) | 1990-10-11 | 1992-06-16 | Eberbach Mark A | Hernia repair apparatus and method of use |
US5192326A (en) | 1990-12-21 | 1993-03-09 | Pfizer Hospital Products Group, Inc. | Hydrogel bead intervertebral disc nucleus |
US5047055A (en) | 1990-12-21 | 1991-09-10 | Pfizer Hospital Products Group, Inc. | Hydrogel intervertebral disc nucleus |
WO1992013500A1 (en) | 1991-02-08 | 1992-08-20 | Surgical Innovations, Inc. | Method and apparatus for repair of inguinal hernias |
US5464407A (en) | 1991-02-19 | 1995-11-07 | Mcguire; David A. | Flexible surgical screwdriver and methods of arthroscopic ligament reconstruction |
US5171278A (en) | 1991-02-22 | 1992-12-15 | Madhavan Pisharodi | Middle expandable intervertebral disk implants |
US5390683A (en) | 1991-02-22 | 1995-02-21 | Pisharodi; Madhavan | Spinal implantation methods utilizing a middle expandable implant |
US5123926A (en) | 1991-02-22 | 1992-06-23 | Madhavan Pisharodi | Artificial spinal prosthesis |
US5254133A (en) | 1991-04-24 | 1993-10-19 | Seid Arnold S | Surgical implantation device and related method of use |
US5269783A (en) | 1991-05-13 | 1993-12-14 | United States Surgical Corporation | Device and method for repairing torn tissue |
CA2075080A1 (en) | 1991-08-02 | 1993-02-03 | Ralph A. Dematteis | Method and apparatus for laparoscopic repair of hernias |
DE4128332A1 (en) | 1991-08-27 | 1993-03-04 | Man Ceramics Gmbh | SPINE BONE REPLACEMENT |
US5320644A (en) | 1991-08-30 | 1994-06-14 | Sulzer Brothers Limited | Intervertebral disk prosthesis |
US5304194A (en) | 1991-10-02 | 1994-04-19 | Target Therapeutics | Vasoocclusion coil with attached fibrous element(s) |
US5195541A (en) | 1991-10-18 | 1993-03-23 | Obenchain Theodore G | Method of performing laparoscopic lumbar discectomy |
US5313962A (en) | 1991-10-18 | 1994-05-24 | Obenchain Theodore G | Method of performing laparoscopic lumbar discectomy |
US5222974A (en) | 1991-11-08 | 1993-06-29 | Kensey Nash Corporation | Hemostatic puncture closure system and method of use |
US5282827A (en) | 1991-11-08 | 1994-02-01 | Kensey Nash Corporation | Hemostatic puncture closure system and method of use |
DK168419B1 (en) | 1991-11-25 | 1994-03-28 | Cook Inc A Cook Group Company | Abdominal wall support device and apparatus for insertion thereof |
US5258000A (en) | 1991-11-25 | 1993-11-02 | Cook Incorporated | Tissue aperture repair device |
ATE163528T1 (en) | 1991-12-03 | 1998-03-15 | Boston Scient Ireland Ltd | IMPLANTATION DEVICE FOR A BONE ANCHOR |
WO1993010715A2 (en) | 1991-12-03 | 1993-06-10 | Vesitec Medical, Inc. | Surgical treatment of stress urinary incontinence |
US5439467A (en) | 1991-12-03 | 1995-08-08 | Vesica Medical, Inc. | Suture passer |
US5147374A (en) | 1991-12-05 | 1992-09-15 | Alfredo Fernandez | Prosthetic mesh patch for hernia repair |
ES2106318T3 (en) * | 1991-12-06 | 1997-11-01 | North Shore Univ Hospital | METHOD TO REDUCE INFECTIONS RELATED TO MEDICAL DEVICES. |
US5176692A (en) | 1991-12-09 | 1993-01-05 | Wilk Peter J | Method and surgical instrument for repairing hernia |
US5425773A (en) | 1992-01-06 | 1995-06-20 | Danek Medical, Inc. | Intervertebral disk arthroplasty device |
CA2089999A1 (en) | 1992-02-24 | 1993-08-25 | H. Jonathan Tovey | Resilient arm mesh deployer |
US5171279A (en) | 1992-03-17 | 1992-12-15 | Danek Medical | Method for subcutaneous suprafascial pedicular internal fixation |
EP0566810B1 (en) | 1992-04-21 | 1996-08-14 | SULZER Medizinaltechnik AG | Artificial spinal disc |
US5222962A (en) | 1992-04-23 | 1993-06-29 | Burkhart Stephen S | Endoscopic surgical instrument for releasably grasping a curved needle |
US5766246A (en) | 1992-05-20 | 1998-06-16 | C. R. Bard, Inc. | Implantable prosthesis and method and apparatus for loading and delivering an implantable prothesis |
FR2692952B1 (en) | 1992-06-25 | 1996-04-05 | Psi | IMPROVED SHOCK ABSORBER WITH MOVEMENT LIMIT. |
US5413571A (en) | 1992-07-16 | 1995-05-09 | Sherwood Medical Company | Device for sealing hemostatic incisions |
US5342393A (en) | 1992-08-27 | 1994-08-30 | Duke University | Method and device for vascular repair |
CA2437777C (en) | 1992-09-21 | 2006-11-28 | United States Surgical Corporation | Device for applying a meniscal staple |
US5383905A (en) | 1992-10-09 | 1995-01-24 | United States Surgical Corporation | Suture loop locking device |
IL103737A (en) | 1992-11-13 | 1997-02-18 | Technion Res & Dev Foundation | Stapler device particularly useful in medical suturing |
US5383926A (en) | 1992-11-23 | 1995-01-24 | Children's Medical Center Corporation | Re-expandable endoprosthesis |
US5417699A (en) | 1992-12-10 | 1995-05-23 | Perclose Incorporated | Device and method for the percutaneous suturing of a vascular puncture site |
US6036699A (en) | 1992-12-10 | 2000-03-14 | Perclose, Inc. | Device and method for suturing tissue |
US5320633A (en) | 1992-12-10 | 1994-06-14 | William C. Allen | Method and system for repairing a tear in the meniscus |
US5496318A (en) | 1993-01-08 | 1996-03-05 | Advanced Spine Fixation Systems, Inc. | Interspinous segmental spine fixation device |
US5725577A (en) | 1993-01-13 | 1998-03-10 | Saxon; Allen | Prosthesis for the repair of soft tissue defects |
US5743917A (en) | 1993-01-13 | 1998-04-28 | Saxon; Allen | Prosthesis for the repair of soft tissue defects |
US5676701A (en) | 1993-01-14 | 1997-10-14 | Smith & Nephew, Inc. | Low wear artificial spinal disc |
US5356432B1 (en) | 1993-02-05 | 1997-02-04 | Bard Inc C R | Implantable mesh prosthesis and method for repairing muscle or tissue wall defects |
ATE205069T1 (en) | 1993-02-09 | 2001-09-15 | Acromed Corp | DISC |
DE69420947T2 (en) | 1993-02-10 | 2000-05-18 | Sulzer Spine Tech Inc | TOOL SET TO STABILIZE THE SPINE |
US5368602A (en) | 1993-02-11 | 1994-11-29 | De La Torre; Roger A. | Surgical mesh with semi-rigid border members |
FR2701650B1 (en) | 1993-02-17 | 1995-05-24 | Psi | Double shock absorber for intervertebral stabilization. |
US5439464A (en) | 1993-03-09 | 1995-08-08 | Shapiro Partners Limited | Method and instruments for performing arthroscopic spinal surgery |
US5415661A (en) | 1993-03-24 | 1995-05-16 | University Of Miami | Implantable spinal assist device |
US5398861A (en) | 1993-04-16 | 1995-03-21 | United States Surgical Corporation | Device for driving surgical fasteners |
US5534028A (en) | 1993-04-20 | 1996-07-09 | Howmedica, Inc. | Hydrogel intervertebral disc nucleus with diminished lateral bulging |
EP0621020A1 (en) | 1993-04-21 | 1994-10-26 | SULZER Medizinaltechnik AG | Intervertebral prosthesis and method of implanting such a prosthesis |
US5549630A (en) | 1993-05-14 | 1996-08-27 | Bonutti; Peter M. | Method and apparatus for anchoring a suture |
US5312435A (en) | 1993-05-17 | 1994-05-17 | Kensey Nash Corporation | Fail predictable, reinforced anchor for hemostatic puncture closure |
ATE282366T1 (en) | 1993-06-10 | 2004-12-15 | Karlin Technology Inc | VERTEBRATE DISTRACTOR |
FR2707480B1 (en) | 1993-06-28 | 1995-10-20 | Bisserie Michel | Intervertebral disc prosthesis. |
US5500000A (en) | 1993-07-01 | 1996-03-19 | United States Surgical Corporation | Soft tissue repair system and method |
US5507755A (en) | 1993-08-03 | 1996-04-16 | Origin Medsystems, Inc. | Apparatus and method for closing puncture wounds |
CA2124651C (en) | 1993-08-20 | 2004-09-28 | David T. Green | Apparatus and method for applying and adjusting an anchoring device |
US5507754A (en) | 1993-08-20 | 1996-04-16 | United States Surgical Corporation | Apparatus and method for applying and adjusting an anchoring device |
FR2709246B1 (en) | 1993-08-27 | 1995-09-29 | Martin Jean Raymond | Dynamic implanted spinal orthosis. |
US5397332A (en) | 1993-09-02 | 1995-03-14 | Ethicon, Inc. | Surgical mesh applicator |
US5676698A (en) | 1993-09-07 | 1997-10-14 | Datascope Investment Corp. | Soft tissue implant |
FR2709947B1 (en) | 1993-09-13 | 1995-11-10 | Bard Sa Laboratoires | Curved prosthetic mesh and its manufacturing process. |
FR2709949B1 (en) | 1993-09-14 | 1995-10-13 | Commissariat Energie Atomique | Intervertebral disc prosthesis. |
US5425772A (en) | 1993-09-20 | 1995-06-20 | Brantigan; John W. | Prosthetic implant for intervertebral spinal fusion |
US5556428A (en) | 1993-09-29 | 1996-09-17 | Shah; Mrugesh K. | Apparatus and method for promoting growth and repair of soft tissue |
US5370660A (en) | 1993-11-01 | 1994-12-06 | Cordis Corporation | Apparatus and method for delivering a vessel plug into the body of a patient |
US5433739A (en) | 1993-11-02 | 1995-07-18 | Sluijter; Menno E. | Method and apparatus for heating an intervertebral disc for relief of back pain |
US5527322A (en) | 1993-11-08 | 1996-06-18 | Perclose, Inc. | Device and method for suturing of internal puncture sites |
FR2712481B1 (en) | 1993-11-18 | 1996-01-12 | Graf Henry | Improvements to flexible inter-vertebral stabilizers. |
US5514180A (en) | 1994-01-14 | 1996-05-07 | Heggeness; Michael H. | Prosthetic intervertebral devices |
CA2144211C (en) | 1994-03-16 | 2005-05-24 | David T. Green | Surgical instruments useful for endoscopic spinal procedures |
CA2551185C (en) | 1994-03-28 | 2007-10-30 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Apparatus and method for anterior spinal stabilization |
US5429598A (en) | 1994-04-19 | 1995-07-04 | Applied Medical Resources Corporation | Surgical access device and procedure |
US6113623A (en) | 1994-04-20 | 2000-09-05 | Cabinet Beau De Lomenie | Prosthetic device and method for eventration repair |
US5545178A (en) | 1994-04-29 | 1996-08-13 | Kensey Nash Corporation | System for closing a percutaneous puncture formed by a trocar to prevent tissue at the puncture from herniating |
US5531759A (en) | 1994-04-29 | 1996-07-02 | Kensey Nash Corporation | System for closing a percutaneous puncture formed by a trocar to prevent tissue at the puncture from herniating |
US5888220A (en) | 1994-05-06 | 1999-03-30 | Advanced Bio Surfaces, Inc. | Articulating joint repair |
US6248131B1 (en) | 1994-05-06 | 2001-06-19 | Advanced Bio Surfaces, Inc. | Articulating joint repair |
US6140452A (en) | 1994-05-06 | 2000-10-31 | Advanced Bio Surfaces, Inc. | Biomaterial for in situ tissue repair |
US5458596A (en) | 1994-05-06 | 1995-10-17 | Dorsal Orthopedic Corporation | Method and apparatus for controlled contraction of soft tissue |
US5470337A (en) | 1994-05-17 | 1995-11-28 | Moss; Gerald | Surgical fastener |
US5571189A (en) | 1994-05-20 | 1996-11-05 | Kuslich; Stephen D. | Expandable fabric implant for stabilizing the spinal motion segment |
US6187048B1 (en) | 1994-05-24 | 2001-02-13 | Surgical Dynamics, Inc. | Intervertebral disc implant |
WO1995032671A1 (en) | 1994-06-01 | 1995-12-07 | Perclose, Inc. | Method and device for providing vascular hemostasis |
US5725552A (en) | 1994-07-08 | 1998-03-10 | Aga Medical Corporation | Percutaneous catheter directed intravascular occlusion devices |
US6123715A (en) | 1994-07-08 | 2000-09-26 | Amplatz; Curtis | Method of forming medical devices; intravascular occlusion devices |
US5846261A (en) | 1994-07-08 | 1998-12-08 | Aga Medical Corp. | Percutaneous catheter directed occlusion devices |
EP0692227A1 (en) | 1994-07-11 | 1996-01-17 | SULZER Medizinaltechnik AG | Sheet implant |
US5681310A (en) | 1994-07-20 | 1997-10-28 | Yuan; Hansen A. | Vertebral auxiliary fixation device having holding capability |
FR2722980B1 (en) | 1994-07-26 | 1996-09-27 | Samani Jacques | INTERTEPINOUS VERTEBRAL IMPLANT |
US5582616A (en) | 1994-08-05 | 1996-12-10 | Origin Medsystems, Inc. | Surgical helical fastener with applicator |
EP0700671B1 (en) | 1994-09-08 | 2001-08-08 | Stryker Technologies Corporation | Hydrogel intervertebral disc nucleus |
JPH08196538A (en) | 1994-09-26 | 1996-08-06 | Ethicon Inc | Tissue sticking apparatus for surgery with elastomer component and method of attaching mesh for surgery to said tissue |
US5569252A (en) | 1994-09-27 | 1996-10-29 | Justin; Daniel F. | Device for repairing a meniscal tear in a knee and method |
US5730744A (en) | 1994-09-27 | 1998-03-24 | Justin; Daniel F. | Soft tissue screw, delivery device, and method |
US5769864A (en) | 1994-09-29 | 1998-06-23 | Surgical Sense, Inc. | Hernia mesh patch |
US5916225A (en) | 1994-09-29 | 1999-06-29 | Surgical Sense, Inc. | Hernia mesh patch |
US5634931A (en) | 1994-09-29 | 1997-06-03 | Surgical Sense, Inc. | Hernia mesh patches and methods of their use |
US6171318B1 (en) | 1994-09-29 | 2001-01-09 | Bard Asdi Inc. | Hernia mesh patch with stiffening layer |
US5514130A (en) | 1994-10-11 | 1996-05-07 | Dorsal Med International | RF apparatus for controlled depth ablation of soft tissue |
US5785705A (en) | 1994-10-11 | 1998-07-28 | Oratec Interventions, Inc. | RF method for controlled depth ablation of soft tissue |
US5649945A (en) | 1994-10-17 | 1997-07-22 | Raymedica, Inc. | Spinal anulus cutter |
US5824093A (en) | 1994-10-17 | 1998-10-20 | Raymedica, Inc. | Prosthetic spinal disc nucleus |
WO1996011642A1 (en) | 1994-10-17 | 1996-04-25 | Raymedica, Inc. | Prosthetic spinal disc nucleus |
US5562736A (en) | 1994-10-17 | 1996-10-08 | Raymedica, Inc. | Method for surgical implantation of a prosthetic spinal disc nucleus |
US5681351A (en) | 1994-10-21 | 1997-10-28 | Ethicon, Inc. | Suture clip suitable for use on monofilament sutures |
US5674296A (en) | 1994-11-14 | 1997-10-07 | Spinal Dynamics Corporation | Human spinal disc prosthesis |
US6171329B1 (en) | 1994-12-19 | 2001-01-09 | Gore Enterprise Holdings, Inc. | Self-expanding defect closure device and method of making and using |
US5879366A (en) | 1996-12-20 | 1999-03-09 | W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Self-expanding defect closure device and method of making and using |
DE19504867C1 (en) | 1995-02-14 | 1996-02-29 | Harms Juergen | Position retainer for spine |
US5634944A (en) | 1995-02-23 | 1997-06-03 | The Nemours Foundation | Body membrane prosthesis |
US5645084A (en) | 1995-06-07 | 1997-07-08 | Danek Medical, Inc. | Method for spinal fusion without decortication |
US5733337A (en) | 1995-04-07 | 1998-03-31 | Organogenesis, Inc. | Tissue repair fabric |
US6264650B1 (en) | 1995-06-07 | 2001-07-24 | Arthrocare Corporation | Methods for electrosurgical treatment of intervertebral discs |
US5626613A (en) | 1995-05-04 | 1997-05-06 | Arthrex, Inc. | Corkscrew suture anchor and driver |
US6039762A (en) | 1995-06-07 | 2000-03-21 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Reinforced bone graft substitutes |
US5702449A (en) | 1995-06-07 | 1997-12-30 | Danek Medical, Inc. | Reinforced porous spinal implants |
US5669935A (en) | 1995-07-28 | 1997-09-23 | Ethicon, Inc. | One-way suture retaining device for braided sutures |
US5662683A (en) | 1995-08-22 | 1997-09-02 | Ortho Helix Limited | Open helical organic tissue anchor and method of facilitating healing |
US6562052B2 (en) | 1995-08-24 | 2003-05-13 | Sutura, Inc. | Suturing device and method |
US5716413A (en) | 1995-10-11 | 1998-02-10 | Osteobiologics, Inc. | Moldable, hand-shapable biodegradable implant material |
US6007570A (en) | 1996-08-13 | 1999-12-28 | Oratec Interventions, Inc. | Apparatus with functional element for performing function upon intervertebral discs |
US6095149A (en) | 1996-08-13 | 2000-08-01 | Oratec Interventions, Inc. | Method for treating intervertebral disc degeneration |
ATE259195T1 (en) | 1995-11-08 | 2004-02-15 | Ct Pulse Orthopedics Ltd | INTERVERBAL PROSTHESIS |
US5843084A (en) | 1995-11-17 | 1998-12-01 | Innovasive Devices, Inc. | Surgical fastening system and method for using the same |
US5827298A (en) | 1995-11-17 | 1998-10-27 | Innovasive Devices, Inc. | Surgical fastening system and method for using the same |
US5626614A (en) | 1995-12-22 | 1997-05-06 | Applied Medical Resources Corporation | T-anchor suturing device and method for using same |
US5645597A (en) | 1995-12-29 | 1997-07-08 | Krapiva; Pavel I. | Disc replacement method and apparatus |
US5702462A (en) | 1996-01-24 | 1997-12-30 | Oberlander; Michael | Method of meniscal repair |
US5697950A (en) | 1996-02-07 | 1997-12-16 | Linvatec Corporation | Pre-loaded suture anchor |
US5842477A (en) | 1996-02-21 | 1998-12-01 | Advanced Tissue Sciences, Inc. | Method for repairing cartilage |
US5865845A (en) | 1996-03-05 | 1999-02-02 | Thalgott; John S. | Prosthetic intervertebral disc |
US5810851A (en) | 1996-03-05 | 1998-09-22 | Yoon; Inbae | Suture spring device |
US5782844A (en) | 1996-03-05 | 1998-07-21 | Inbae Yoon | Suture spring device applicator |
US5800550A (en) | 1996-03-13 | 1998-09-01 | Sertich; Mario M. | Interbody fusion cage |
US5823994A (en) | 1996-03-15 | 1998-10-20 | Oratec Interventions, Inc. | Method and apparatus for soft tissue fixation |
US5683465A (en) | 1996-03-18 | 1997-11-04 | Shinn; Gary Lee | Artificial intervertebral disk prosthesis |
ES2213174T3 (en) | 1996-03-27 | 2004-08-16 | Lubos Rehak | DEVICE FOR CORRECTION OF MALFORMATIONS OF THE VERTEBRAL COLUMN. |
US5788625A (en) | 1996-04-05 | 1998-08-04 | Depuy Orthopaedics, Inc. | Method of making reconstructive SIS structure for cartilaginous elements in situ |
US5662681A (en) | 1996-04-23 | 1997-09-02 | Kensey Nash Corporation | Self locking closure for sealing percutaneous punctures |
AU3186897A (en) | 1996-05-08 | 1997-11-26 | Salviac Limited | An occluder device |
US5716408A (en) | 1996-05-31 | 1998-02-10 | C.R. Bard, Inc. | Prosthesis for hernia repair and soft tissue reconstruction |
US6620155B2 (en) | 1996-07-16 | 2003-09-16 | Arthrocare Corp. | System and methods for electrosurgical tissue contraction within the spine |
US5728150A (en) | 1996-07-29 | 1998-03-17 | Cardiovascular Dynamics, Inc. | Expandable microporous prosthesis |
US5964807A (en) | 1996-08-08 | 1999-10-12 | Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Compositions and methods for intervertebral disc reformation |
US6126682A (en) | 1996-08-13 | 2000-10-03 | Oratec Interventions, Inc. | Method for treating annular fissures in intervertebral discs |
US6832997B2 (en) * | 2001-06-06 | 2004-12-21 | Oratec Interventions, Inc. | Electromagnetic energy delivery intervertebral disc treatment devices |
US5718717A (en) | 1996-08-19 | 1998-02-17 | Bonutti; Peter M. | Suture anchor |
US6068628A (en) | 1996-08-20 | 2000-05-30 | Oratec Interventions, Inc. | Apparatus for treating chondromalacia |
US5776183A (en) | 1996-08-23 | 1998-07-07 | Kanesaka; Nozomu | Expandable stent |
US5895426A (en) | 1996-09-06 | 1999-04-20 | Osteotech, Inc. | Fusion implant device and method of use |
US5716416A (en) | 1996-09-10 | 1998-02-10 | Lin; Chih-I | Artificial intervertebral disk and method for implanting the same |
US5948001A (en) | 1996-10-03 | 1999-09-07 | United States Surgical Corporation | System for suture anchor placement |
US5716409A (en) | 1996-10-16 | 1998-02-10 | Debbas; Elie | Reinforcement sheet for use in surgical repair |
US6019793A (en) | 1996-10-21 | 2000-02-01 | Synthes | Surgical prosthetic device |
US5948002A (en) | 1996-11-15 | 1999-09-07 | Bonutti; Peter M. | Apparatus and method for use in positioning a suture anchor |
EP0873145A2 (en) | 1996-11-15 | 1998-10-28 | Advanced Bio Surfaces, Inc. | Biomaterial system for in situ tissue repair |
US5827328A (en) | 1996-11-22 | 1998-10-27 | Buttermann; Glenn R. | Intervertebral prosthetic device |
US5860977A (en) | 1997-01-02 | 1999-01-19 | Saint Francis Medical Technologies, Llc | Spine distraction implant and method |
US5836948A (en) | 1997-01-02 | 1998-11-17 | Saint Francis Medical Technologies, Llc | Spine distraction implant and method |
US5782860A (en) | 1997-02-11 | 1998-07-21 | Biointerventional Corporation | Closure device for percutaneous occlusion of puncture sites and tracts in the human body and method |
JP2002515801A (en) | 1997-02-12 | 2002-05-28 | オーレイテック インターヴェンションズ インコーポレイテッド | Concave tip for arthroscopic surgery |
US6039761A (en) | 1997-02-12 | 2000-03-21 | Li Medical Technologies, Inc. | Intervertebral spacer and tool and method for emplacement thereof |
EP0964650A1 (en) | 1997-02-12 | 1999-12-22 | Oratec Interventions, Inc. | Electrode for electrosurgical ablation of tissue and method of manufacturing the same |
US5954716A (en) | 1997-02-19 | 1999-09-21 | Oratec Interventions, Inc | Method for modifying the length of a ligament |
US5984948A (en) | 1997-04-14 | 1999-11-16 | Hasson; Harrith M. | Device for closing an opening in tissue and method of closing a tissue opening using the device |
US5800549A (en) | 1997-04-30 | 1998-09-01 | Howmedica Inc. | Method and apparatus for injecting an elastic spinal implant |
US5922026A (en) | 1997-05-01 | 1999-07-13 | Origin Medsystems, Inc. | Surgical method and prosthetic strip therefor |
US6409739B1 (en) | 1997-05-19 | 2002-06-25 | Cardio Medical Solutions, Inc. | Device and method for assisting end-to side anastomosis |
US6007575A (en) | 1997-06-06 | 1999-12-28 | Samuels; Shaun Laurence Wilkie | Inflatable intraluminal stent and method for affixing same within the human body |
US6022376A (en) | 1997-06-06 | 2000-02-08 | Raymedica, Inc. | Percutaneous prosthetic spinal disc nucleus and method of manufacture |
US5893889A (en) | 1997-06-20 | 1999-04-13 | Harrington; Michael | Artificial disc |
GB9713330D0 (en) | 1997-06-25 | 1997-08-27 | Bridport Gundry Plc | Surgical implant |
GB9714580D0 (en) | 1997-07-10 | 1997-09-17 | Wardlaw Douglas | Prosthetic intervertebral disc nucleus |
US5824082A (en) | 1997-07-14 | 1998-10-20 | Brown; Roderick B. | Patch for endoscopic repair of hernias |
US6066776A (en) | 1997-07-16 | 2000-05-23 | Atrium Medical Corporation | Self-forming prosthesis for repair of soft tissue defects |
US5984925A (en) | 1997-07-30 | 1999-11-16 | Cross Medical Products, Inc. | Longitudinally adjustable bone plates and method for use thereof |
US5957939A (en) | 1997-07-31 | 1999-09-28 | Imagyn Medical Technologies, Inc. | Medical device for deploying surgical fabrics |
US6159234A (en) | 1997-08-01 | 2000-12-12 | Peter M. Bonutti | Method and apparatus for securing a suture |
DE69714035T2 (en) | 1997-08-14 | 2003-03-06 | Sulzer Innotec Ag, Winterthur | Composition and device for repairing cartilage tissue in vivo consisting of nanocapsules with osteoinductive and / or chondroinductive factors |
US6511958B1 (en) | 1997-08-14 | 2003-01-28 | Sulzer Biologics, Inc. | Compositions for regeneration and repair of cartilage lesions |
DK0900569T3 (en) | 1997-08-22 | 2003-01-27 | Seikagaku Kogyo Co Ltd | Therapeutic agent for the treatment of herniaric intervertebral disc |
US6004320A (en) | 1997-09-19 | 1999-12-21 | Oratec Interventions, Inc. | Clip on electrocauterizing sheath for orthopedic shave devices |
US6007533A (en) | 1997-09-19 | 1999-12-28 | Oratec Interventions, Inc. | Electrocauterizing tip for orthopedic shave devices |
US6309420B1 (en) | 1997-10-14 | 2001-10-30 | Parallax Medical, Inc. | Enhanced visibility materials for implantation in hard tissue |
US5824094A (en) | 1997-10-17 | 1998-10-20 | Acromed Corporation | Spinal disc |
FR2769825B1 (en) | 1997-10-22 | 1999-12-03 | Cogent Sarl | PROSTHETIC IMPLANT, ANATOMIC CHANNEL SHUTTER, AND SHUTTER ASSEMBLY COMPRISING SAME |
US5972007A (en) | 1997-10-31 | 1999-10-26 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Energy-base method applied to prosthetics for repairing tissue defects |
US5888226A (en) | 1997-11-12 | 1999-03-30 | Rogozinski; Chaim | Intervertebral prosthetic disc |
US5976174A (en) | 1997-12-15 | 1999-11-02 | Ruiz; Carlos E. | Medical hole closure device and methods of use |
FR2772594B1 (en) | 1997-12-19 | 2000-05-05 | Henry Graf | REAR PARTIAL DISCAL PROSTHESIS |
US6146380A (en) | 1998-01-09 | 2000-11-14 | Radionics, Inc. | Bent tip electrical surgical probe |
US5944738A (en) | 1998-02-06 | 1999-08-31 | Aga Medical Corporation | Percutaneous catheter directed constricting occlusion device |
WO1999039648A1 (en) | 1998-02-10 | 1999-08-12 | Dubrul William R | Entrapping apparatus and method for use |
US5989291A (en) | 1998-02-26 | 1999-11-23 | Third Millennium Engineering, Llc | Intervertebral spacer device |
CA2319558A1 (en) | 1998-02-27 | 1999-09-02 | Bioelastics Research, Ltd. | Injectable implants for tissue augmentation and restoration |
US6053909A (en) | 1998-03-27 | 2000-04-25 | Shadduck; John H. | Ionothermal delivery system and technique for medical procedures |
US6019792A (en) | 1998-04-23 | 2000-02-01 | Cauthen Research Group, Inc. | Articulating spinal implant |
CA2329363C (en) | 1998-04-23 | 2007-12-11 | Cauthen Research Group, Inc. | Articulating spinal implant |
US6224630B1 (en) | 1998-05-29 | 2001-05-01 | Advanced Bio Surfaces, Inc. | Implantable tissue repair device |
ATE484247T1 (en) | 1998-06-01 | 2010-10-15 | Kyphon S Rl | UNFOLDABLE, PRE-FORMED STRUCTURES FOR UNFOLDING IN REGIONS WITHIN THE BODY |
US6132465A (en) | 1998-06-04 | 2000-10-17 | Raymedica, Inc. | Tapered prosthetic spinal disc nucleus |
US6045561A (en) | 1998-06-23 | 2000-04-04 | Orthopaedic Biosystems Ltd., Inc. | Surgical knot manipulator |
US6066146A (en) | 1998-06-24 | 2000-05-23 | Carroll; Brendan J. | Laparascopic incision closure device |
US5928284A (en) | 1998-07-09 | 1999-07-27 | Mehdizadeh; Hamid M. | Disc replacement prosthesis |
US6669707B1 (en) | 1998-07-21 | 2003-12-30 | Lee L. Swanstrom | Method and apparatus for attaching or locking an implant to an anatomic vessel or hollow organ wall |
US6723133B1 (en) | 1998-09-11 | 2004-04-20 | C. R. Bard, Inc. | Performed curved prosthesis having a reduced incidence of developing wrinkles or folds |
AU5924099A (en) * | 1998-12-31 | 2000-07-24 | Jeffrey E. Yeung | Tissue fastening devices and delivery means |
US6146422A (en) | 1999-01-25 | 2000-11-14 | Lawson; Kevin Jon | Prosthetic nucleus replacement for surgical reconstruction of intervertebral discs and treatment method |
US6436143B1 (en) | 1999-02-22 | 2002-08-20 | Anthony C. Ross | Method and apparatus for treating intervertebral disks |
US6183518B1 (en) | 1999-02-22 | 2001-02-06 | Anthony C. Ross | Method of replacing nucleus pulposus and repairing the intervertebral disk |
US6206921B1 (en) | 1999-02-22 | 2001-03-27 | Peter A. Guagliano | Method of replacing nucleus pulposus and repairing the intervertebral disk |
EP1253854A4 (en) | 1999-03-07 | 2010-01-06 | Discure Ltd | Method and apparatus for computerized surgery |
US6113639A (en) | 1999-03-23 | 2000-09-05 | Raymedica, Inc. | Trial implant and trial implant kit for evaluating an intradiscal space |
US6602291B1 (en) | 1999-04-05 | 2003-08-05 | Raymedica, Inc. | Prosthetic spinal disc nucleus having a shape change characteristic |
US6110210A (en) | 1999-04-08 | 2000-08-29 | Raymedica, Inc. | Prosthetic spinal disc nucleus having selectively coupled bodies |
US6428576B1 (en) | 1999-04-16 | 2002-08-06 | Endospine, Ltd. | System for repairing inter-vertebral discs |
WO2000062684A1 (en) * | 1999-04-16 | 2000-10-26 | Nuvasive, Inc. | Systems for securing facet joints together |
US6723107B1 (en) | 1999-04-19 | 2004-04-20 | Orthopaedic Biosystems Ltd. | Method and apparatus for suturing |
US6162217A (en) | 1999-04-21 | 2000-12-19 | Oratec Interventions, Inc. | Method and apparatus for controlling a temperature-controlled probe |
US6533799B1 (en) | 1999-04-27 | 2003-03-18 | Ams Research Corporation | Cavity measurement device and method of assembly |
US6607530B1 (en) | 1999-05-10 | 2003-08-19 | Highgate Orthopedics, Inc. | Systems and methods for spinal fixation |
US6712836B1 (en) | 1999-05-13 | 2004-03-30 | St. Jude Medical Atg, Inc. | Apparatus and methods for closing septal defects and occluding blood flow |
US7273497B2 (en) | 1999-05-28 | 2007-09-25 | Anova Corp. | Methods for treating a defect in the annulus fibrosis |
US6491724B1 (en) | 1999-08-13 | 2002-12-10 | Bret Ferree | Spinal fusion cage with lordosis correction |
US6340369B1 (en) | 1999-08-13 | 2002-01-22 | Bret A. Ferree | Treating degenerative disc disease with harvested disc cells and analogues of the extracellular matrix |
US6371990B1 (en) | 1999-10-08 | 2002-04-16 | Bret A. Ferree | Annulus fibrosis augmentation methods and apparatus |
US6419702B1 (en) | 1999-08-13 | 2002-07-16 | Bret A. Ferree | Treating degenerative disc disease through transplantation of the nucleus pulposis |
US6245107B1 (en) | 1999-05-28 | 2001-06-12 | Bret A. Ferree | Methods and apparatus for treating disc herniation |
US6419704B1 (en) | 1999-10-08 | 2002-07-16 | Bret Ferree | Artificial intervertebral disc replacement methods and apparatus |
US6969404B2 (en) | 1999-10-08 | 2005-11-29 | Ferree Bret A | Annulus fibrosis augmentation methods and apparatus |
ATE291398T1 (en) | 1999-06-04 | 2005-04-15 | Sdgi Holdings Inc | ARTIFICIAL INTERVERBEL IMPLANT |
KR100627170B1 (en) | 1999-06-16 | 2006-09-22 | 요이막스 게엠베하 | Method of and apparatus for decompressing herniated intervertebral discs |
DE60044531D1 (en) | 1999-06-25 | 2010-07-22 | Vahid Saadat | TISSUE TREATMENT DEVICE |
US7618426B2 (en) | 2002-12-11 | 2009-11-17 | Usgi Medical, Inc. | Apparatus and methods for forming gastrointestinal tissue approximations |
US6596014B2 (en) | 1999-07-13 | 2003-07-22 | Scion Cardio-Vascular, Inc. | Suture with toggle and method of manufacture therefor |
US6245080B1 (en) | 1999-07-13 | 2001-06-12 | Scion Cardio-Vascular, Inc. | Suture with toggle and delivery system |
US6206895B1 (en) | 1999-07-13 | 2001-03-27 | Scion Cardio-Vascular, Inc. | Suture with toggle and delivery system |
US6398796B2 (en) | 1999-07-13 | 2002-06-04 | Scion Cardio-Vascular, Inc. | Suture with toggle and delivery system |
US7892246B2 (en) | 1999-07-28 | 2011-02-22 | Bioconnect Systems, Inc. | Devices and methods for interconnecting conduits and closing openings in tissue |
FR2797179B1 (en) | 1999-08-03 | 2002-03-08 | Michel Gau | INTERVERTEBRAL NUCLEAR PROSTHESIS AND SURGICAL IMPLANTATION METHOD |
US6352557B1 (en) | 1999-08-13 | 2002-03-05 | Bret A. Ferree | Treating degenerative disc disease through transplantion of extracellular nucleus pulposus matrix and autograft nucleus pulposus cells |
US7201776B2 (en) | 1999-10-08 | 2007-04-10 | Ferree Bret A | Artificial intervertebral disc replacements with endplates |
US6344058B1 (en) | 1999-08-13 | 2002-02-05 | Bret A. Ferree | Treating degenerative disc disease through transplantation of allograft disc and vertebral endplates |
US6648918B2 (en) | 1999-08-13 | 2003-11-18 | Bret A. Ferree | Treating degenerative disc disease through the transplantation of dehydrated tissue |
US20040249461A1 (en) | 1999-08-13 | 2004-12-09 | Ferree Bret A. | Coupled artificial disc replacements methods and apparatus |
US6719797B1 (en) | 1999-08-13 | 2004-04-13 | Bret A. Ferree | Nucleus augmentation with in situ formed hydrogels |
US6755863B2 (en) | 1999-10-08 | 2004-06-29 | Bret A. Ferree | Rotator cuff repair using engineered tissues |
US6685695B2 (en) | 1999-08-13 | 2004-02-03 | Bret A. Ferree | Method and apparatus for providing nutrition to intervertebral disc tissue |
US6454804B1 (en) | 1999-10-08 | 2002-09-24 | Bret A. Ferree | Engineered tissue annulus fibrosis augmentation methods and apparatus |
US6793677B2 (en) | 1999-08-13 | 2004-09-21 | Bret A. Ferree | Method of providing cells and other biologic materials for transplantation |
US7717961B2 (en) | 1999-08-18 | 2010-05-18 | Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. | Apparatus delivery in an intervertebral disc |
US6936072B2 (en) | 1999-08-18 | 2005-08-30 | Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. | Encapsulated intervertebral disc prosthesis and methods of manufacture |
US6425919B1 (en) | 1999-08-18 | 2002-07-30 | Intrinsic Orthopedics, Inc. | Devices and methods of vertebral disc augmentation |
CA2425951C (en) | 1999-08-18 | 2008-09-16 | Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. | Devices and method for nucleus pulposus augmentation and retention |
US20040044412A1 (en) | 1999-08-18 | 2004-03-04 | Gregory Lambrecht | Devices and method for augmenting a vertebral disc |
US6821276B2 (en) | 1999-08-18 | 2004-11-23 | Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. | Intervertebral diagnostic and manipulation device |
US7094258B2 (en) | 1999-08-18 | 2006-08-22 | Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. | Methods of reinforcing an annulus fibrosis |
US6508839B1 (en) | 1999-08-18 | 2003-01-21 | Intrinsic Orthopedics, Inc. | Devices and methods of vertebral disc augmentation |
US7507243B2 (en) | 1999-08-18 | 2009-03-24 | Gregory Lambrecht | Devices and method for augmenting a vertebral disc |
US6429013B1 (en) | 1999-08-19 | 2002-08-06 | Artecel Science, Inc. | Use of adipose tissue-derived stromal cells for chondrocyte differentiation and cartilage repair |
US6371984B1 (en) | 1999-09-13 | 2002-04-16 | Keraplast Technologies, Ltd. | Implantable prosthetic or tissue expanding device |
US6783546B2 (en) | 1999-09-13 | 2004-08-31 | Keraplast Technologies, Ltd. | Implantable prosthetic or tissue expanding device |
US6171317B1 (en) | 1999-09-14 | 2001-01-09 | Perclose, Inc. | Knot tying device and method |
US6221109B1 (en) | 1999-09-15 | 2001-04-24 | Ed. Geistlich Söhne AG fur Chemische Industrie | Method of protecting spinal area |
US6264695B1 (en) | 1999-09-30 | 2001-07-24 | Replication Medical, Inc. | Spinal nucleus implant |
US7201774B2 (en) | 1999-10-08 | 2007-04-10 | Ferree Bret A | Artificial intervertebral disc replacements incorporating reinforced wall sections |
US20040172019A1 (en) | 1999-10-08 | 2004-09-02 | Ferree Bret A. | Reinforcers for artificial disc replacement methods and apparatus |
US6648920B2 (en) | 1999-10-08 | 2003-11-18 | Bret A. Ferree | Natural and synthetic supplements to engineered annulus and disc tissues |
US20030004574A1 (en) | 1999-10-08 | 2003-01-02 | Ferree Bret A. | Disc and annulus augmentation using biologic tissue |
US20030026788A1 (en) | 1999-10-08 | 2003-02-06 | Ferree Bret A. | Use of extracellular matrix tissue to preserve cultured cell phenotype |
US6878167B2 (en) | 2002-04-24 | 2005-04-12 | Bret A. Ferree | Methods and apparatus for placing intradiscal devices |
US6645247B2 (en) | 1999-10-08 | 2003-11-11 | Bret A. Ferree | Supplementing engineered annulus tissues with autograft of allograft tendons |
US20040186573A1 (en) | 1999-10-08 | 2004-09-23 | Ferree Bret A. | Annulus fibrosis augmentation methods and apparatus |
US20030040796A1 (en) | 1999-10-08 | 2003-02-27 | Ferree Bret A. | Devices used to treat disc herniation and attachment mechanisms therefore |
US6432107B1 (en) | 2000-01-15 | 2002-08-13 | Bret A. Ferree | Enhanced surface area spinal fusion devices |
US6494883B1 (en) | 2000-05-26 | 2002-12-17 | Bret A. Ferree | Bone reinforcers |
US6648919B2 (en) | 1999-10-14 | 2003-11-18 | Bret A. Ferree | Transplantation of engineered meniscus tissue to the intervertebral disc |
FR2799640B1 (en) | 1999-10-15 | 2002-01-25 | Spine Next Sa | IMPLANT INTERVETEBRAL |
US7052516B2 (en) | 1999-10-20 | 2006-05-30 | Anulex Technologies, Inc. | Spinal disc annulus reconstruction method and deformable spinal disc annulus stent |
US20030153976A1 (en) | 1999-10-20 | 2003-08-14 | Cauthen Joseph C. | Spinal disc annulus reconstruction method and spinal disc annulus stent |
US6592625B2 (en) | 1999-10-20 | 2003-07-15 | Anulex Technologies, Inc. | Spinal disc annulus reconstruction method and spinal disc annulus stent |
US7004970B2 (en) | 1999-10-20 | 2006-02-28 | Anulex Technologies, Inc. | Methods and devices for spinal disc annulus reconstruction and repair |
US20020123807A1 (en) | 1999-10-20 | 2002-09-05 | Cauthen Joseph C. | Spinal disc annulus reconstruction method and spinal disc annulus stent |
US6830570B1 (en) * | 1999-10-21 | 2004-12-14 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Devices and techniques for a posterior lateral disc space approach |
US7153312B1 (en) | 1999-12-02 | 2006-12-26 | Smith & Nephew Inc. | Closure device and method for tissue repair |
DE60033055D1 (en) | 1999-12-06 | 2007-03-08 | Warsaw Orthopedic Inc | LUMBAR TREATMENT DEVICE |
US6610079B1 (en) | 1999-12-14 | 2003-08-26 | Linvatec Corporation | Fixation system and method |
US6684886B1 (en) | 2000-01-21 | 2004-02-03 | Prospine, Inc. | Intervertebral disc repair methods and apparatus |
US6623492B1 (en) | 2000-01-25 | 2003-09-23 | Smith & Nephew, Inc. | Tissue fastener |
US6575979B1 (en) | 2000-02-16 | 2003-06-10 | Axiamed, Inc. | Method and apparatus for providing posterior or anterior trans-sacral access to spinal vertebrae |
US6899716B2 (en) | 2000-02-16 | 2005-05-31 | Trans1, Inc. | Method and apparatus for spinal augmentation |
US6558390B2 (en) | 2000-02-16 | 2003-05-06 | Axiamed, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for performing therapeutic procedures in the spine |
US7014633B2 (en) | 2000-02-16 | 2006-03-21 | Trans1, Inc. | Methods of performing procedures in the spine |
US6423065B2 (en) | 2000-02-25 | 2002-07-23 | Bret A. Ferree | Cross-coupled vertebral stabilizers including cam-operated cable connectors |
US6514255B1 (en) | 2000-02-25 | 2003-02-04 | Bret Ferree | Sublaminar spinal fixation apparatus |
US6248106B1 (en) | 2000-02-25 | 2001-06-19 | Bret Ferree | Cross-coupled vertebral stabilizers |
US6336930B1 (en) | 2000-03-07 | 2002-01-08 | Zimmer, Inc. | Polymer filled bone plate |
US6332894B1 (en) | 2000-03-07 | 2001-12-25 | Zimmer, Inc. | Polymer filled spinal fusion cage |
US6425924B1 (en) | 2000-03-31 | 2002-07-30 | Ethicon, Inc. | Hernia repair prosthesis |
US6579291B1 (en) | 2000-10-10 | 2003-06-17 | Spinalabs, Llc | Devices and methods for the treatment of spinal disorders |
US6805695B2 (en) * | 2000-04-04 | 2004-10-19 | Spinalabs, Llc | Devices and methods for annular repair of intervertebral discs |
US6689125B1 (en) | 2000-04-04 | 2004-02-10 | Spinalabs, Llc | Devices and methods for the treatment of spinal disorders |
US6723335B1 (en) | 2000-04-07 | 2004-04-20 | Jeffrey William Moehlenbruck | Methods and compositions for treating intervertebral disc degeneration |
US6851430B2 (en) | 2000-05-01 | 2005-02-08 | Paul M. Tsou | Method and apparatus for endoscopic spinal surgery |
US20040083001A1 (en) | 2000-06-29 | 2004-04-29 | Rita Kandel | Intervertebral disc |
US6500132B1 (en) | 2000-06-30 | 2002-12-31 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Device and method for determining parameters of blind voids |
US20020032155A1 (en) | 2000-06-30 | 2002-03-14 | Ferree Bret A. | Method of treating disc herniation and disc degeneration with concentrated growth and differentiation factors |
US6610006B1 (en) | 2000-07-25 | 2003-08-26 | C. R. Bard, Inc. | Implantable prosthesis |
US20020026244A1 (en) | 2000-08-30 | 2002-02-28 | Trieu Hai H. | Intervertebral disc nucleus implants and methods |
US6620196B1 (en) | 2000-08-30 | 2003-09-16 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Intervertebral disc nucleus implants and methods |
US7204851B2 (en) | 2000-08-30 | 2007-04-17 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Method and apparatus for delivering an intervertebral disc implant |
AU2001224345B2 (en) | 2000-09-07 | 2005-11-17 | Covidien Ag | Apparatus for and treatment of the intervertebral disc |
MXPA03002415A (en) | 2000-09-18 | 2004-07-08 | Organogenesis Inc | Method for treating a patient using a cultured connective tissue construct. |
CA2323252C (en) | 2000-10-12 | 2007-12-11 | Biorthex Inc. | Artificial disc |
US20020045942A1 (en) | 2000-10-16 | 2002-04-18 | Ham Michael J. | Procedure for repairing damaged discs |
US6733531B1 (en) | 2000-10-20 | 2004-05-11 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Anchoring devices and implants for intervertebral disc augmentation |
ATE494014T1 (en) | 2000-10-24 | 2011-01-15 | Cryolife Inc | BIOPROSTHETIC FILLERS AND METHODS, IN PARTICULAR FOR THE FORMATION OF INTERVERTAL DISC BIOPROStheses IN SITU |
AU2002243270B2 (en) | 2000-10-25 | 2006-03-09 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Vertically expanding intervertebral body fusion device |
US6648893B2 (en) | 2000-10-27 | 2003-11-18 | Blackstone Medical, Inc. | Facet fixation devices |
DE60109802T2 (en) | 2000-10-27 | 2006-01-19 | SDGI Holdings, Inc., Wilmington | annulus repair |
US20020120037A1 (en) | 2000-11-02 | 2002-08-29 | Homaira Naseem | Non-wax drip closure sealant and shell |
US6508828B1 (en) | 2000-11-03 | 2003-01-21 | Radi Medical Systems Ab | Sealing device and wound closure device |
DE60125973D1 (en) | 2000-11-15 | 2007-02-22 | Biosyntech Canada Inc | METHOD FOR RECOVERING A DAMAGED BAND DISC |
US6752831B2 (en) | 2000-12-08 | 2004-06-22 | Osteotech, Inc. | Biocompatible osteogenic band for repair of spinal disorders |
US6419703B1 (en) | 2001-03-01 | 2002-07-16 | T. Wade Fallin | Prosthesis for the replacement of a posterior element of a vertebra |
CA2429149C (en) * | 2000-12-15 | 2010-08-24 | Spineology, Inc. | Annulus-reinforcing band |
US20020103494A1 (en) | 2001-01-31 | 2002-08-01 | Pacey John Allen | Percutaneous cannula delvery system for hernia patch |
US6500184B1 (en) | 2001-01-31 | 2002-12-31 | Yung C. Chan | Suturing apparatus and method of suturing |
US6576017B2 (en) | 2001-02-06 | 2003-06-10 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Spinal implant with attached ligament and methods |
US6645211B2 (en) | 2001-02-07 | 2003-11-11 | Howmedica Osteonics Corp. | Orthopedic support system and method of installation |
ATE336953T1 (en) | 2001-02-13 | 2006-09-15 | Jeffrey E Yeung | COMPRESSION DEVICE AND TROCAR FOR REPAIRING AN INTERVERBAL PROSTHESIS |
US7229441B2 (en) | 2001-02-28 | 2007-06-12 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Flexible systems for spinal stabilization and fixation |
US20030045935A1 (en) | 2001-02-28 | 2003-03-06 | Angelucci Christopher M. | Laminoplasty implants and methods of use |
US6652585B2 (en) | 2001-02-28 | 2003-11-25 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Flexible spine stabilization system |
DE10116412C1 (en) | 2001-04-02 | 2003-01-16 | Ulrich Gmbh & Co Kg | Implant to be inserted between the vertebral body of the spine |
US20040083002A1 (en) | 2001-04-06 | 2004-04-29 | Belef William Martin | Methods for treating spinal discs |
US20020147461A1 (en) | 2001-04-06 | 2002-10-10 | Aldrich William N. | Apparatus and methods for closing openings in spinal discs |
US20020147479A1 (en) | 2001-04-06 | 2002-10-10 | Integrated Vascular Systems, Inc. | Apparatus and methods for sealing openings through tissue |
US20030069639A1 (en) | 2001-04-14 | 2003-04-10 | Tom Sander | Methods and compositions for repair or replacement of joints and soft tissues |
US20030078579A1 (en) | 2001-04-19 | 2003-04-24 | Ferree Bret A. | Annular repair devices and methods |
US6605096B1 (en) | 2001-07-20 | 2003-08-12 | Opus Medical Inc, | Percutaneous suturing apparatus and method |
US6592608B2 (en) | 2001-12-07 | 2003-07-15 | Biopsy Sciences, Llc | Bioabsorbable sealant |
US20030074075A1 (en) | 2001-08-27 | 2003-04-17 | Thomas James C. | Expandable implant for partial disc replacement and reinforcement of a disc partially removed in a discectomy and for reduction and maintenance of alignment of cancellous bone fractures and methods and apparatuses for same |
US20040024463A1 (en) | 2001-08-27 | 2004-02-05 | Thomas James C. | Expandable implant for partial disc replacement and reinforcement of a disc partially removed in a discectomy and for reduction and maintenance of alignment of cancellous bone fractures and methods and apparatuses for same |
US6736815B2 (en) * | 2001-09-06 | 2004-05-18 | Core Medical, Inc. | Apparatus and methods for treating spinal discs |
US6773699B1 (en) | 2001-10-09 | 2004-08-10 | Tissue Adhesive Technologies, Inc. | Light energized tissue adhesive conformal patch |
US6805715B2 (en) | 2001-10-09 | 2004-10-19 | Pmt Corporation | Method and device for treating intervertebral disc herniations |
US7799833B2 (en) | 2001-11-01 | 2010-09-21 | Spine Wave, Inc. | System and method for the pretreatment of the endplates of an intervertebral disc |
JP3993855B2 (en) | 2001-11-01 | 2007-10-17 | スパイン・ウェイブ・インコーポレーテッド | Device for spinal disc recovery |
US6572653B1 (en) | 2001-12-07 | 2003-06-03 | Rush E. Simonson | Vertebral implant adapted for posterior insertion |
WO2003049669A2 (en) | 2001-12-10 | 2003-06-19 | Colbar Lifescience Ltd. | Methods, devices, and preparations for intervertebral disc treatment |
US6736850B2 (en) | 2001-12-28 | 2004-05-18 | Spinal Concepts, Inc. | Vertebral pseudo arthrosis device and method |
US6733534B2 (en) | 2002-01-29 | 2004-05-11 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | System and method for spine spacing |
US20040010315A1 (en) | 2002-03-29 | 2004-01-15 | Song John K. | Self-expanding intervertebral device |
US20040092945A1 (en) | 2002-04-10 | 2004-05-13 | Ferree Bret A. | Implant integrity measurement apparatus |
US8038713B2 (en) | 2002-04-23 | 2011-10-18 | Spinecore, Inc. | Two-component artificial disc replacements |
US7223289B2 (en) | 2002-04-16 | 2007-05-29 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Annulus repair systems and techniques |
US6706068B2 (en) | 2002-04-23 | 2004-03-16 | Bret A. Ferree | Artificial disc replacements with natural kinematics |
US7291171B2 (en) | 2002-05-10 | 2007-11-06 | Ferree Bret A | Artificial disc replacement (ADR) using elastic tether member |
WO2003095026A1 (en) | 2002-05-13 | 2003-11-20 | Pflueger D Russell | Spinal disc therapy system |
US20040049283A1 (en) | 2002-06-04 | 2004-03-11 | Tushar Patel | Medical implant and method of reducing back pain |
US6945933B2 (en) | 2002-06-26 | 2005-09-20 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Instruments and methods for minimally invasive tissue retraction and surgery |
US20040002763A1 (en) | 2002-06-27 | 2004-01-01 | Raymedica, Inc. | Spinal disc anulus occlusion device and method of use |
US7033393B2 (en) | 2002-06-27 | 2006-04-25 | Raymedica, Inc. | Self-transitioning spinal disc anulus occulsion device and method of use |
AU2003248847A1 (en) | 2002-07-09 | 2004-01-23 | Eva Corporation | Delivery apparatus for use during a surgical procedure and method of using the same |
US6723097B2 (en) | 2002-07-23 | 2004-04-20 | Depuy Spine, Inc. | Surgical trial implant |
WO2004016205A2 (en) | 2002-08-15 | 2004-02-26 | Coppes Justin K | Intervertebral disc implant |
US6958078B2 (en) | 2002-08-19 | 2005-10-25 | The University Of Toledo | Bioartificial intervertebral disc |
WO2004021866A2 (en) | 2002-09-06 | 2004-03-18 | Alleyne Neville D | Seal for posterior lateral vertebral disk cavity |
US20040078081A1 (en) | 2002-09-09 | 2004-04-22 | Ferree Bret A. | Bioresorbable components and methods for spinal arthroplasty |
US20040054413A1 (en) | 2002-09-16 | 2004-03-18 | Howmedica Osteonics Corp. | Radiovisible hydrogel intervertebral disc nucleus |
US20040054414A1 (en) | 2002-09-18 | 2004-03-18 | Trieu Hai H. | Collagen-based materials and methods for augmenting intervertebral discs |
WO2004026190A2 (en) | 2002-09-18 | 2004-04-01 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Natural tissue devices and methods of implantation |
US6932843B2 (en) | 2002-09-25 | 2005-08-23 | Medicinelodge, Inc. | Apparatus and method for the in-situ formation of a structural prosthesis |
US6827716B2 (en) | 2002-09-30 | 2004-12-07 | Depuy Spine, Inc. | Method of identifying and treating a pathologic region of an intervertebral disc |
US20040106998A1 (en) | 2002-10-04 | 2004-06-03 | Ferree Bret A. | Multiaxial artificial disc replacements |
US20040068322A1 (en) | 2002-10-04 | 2004-04-08 | Ferree Bret A. | Reduced-friction artificial joints and components therefor |
US7320686B2 (en) | 2002-10-09 | 2008-01-22 | Depuy Acromed, Inc. | Device for distracting vertebrae and delivering a flowable material into a disc space |
US7063725B2 (en) | 2002-10-21 | 2006-06-20 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Systems and techniques for restoring and maintaining intervertebral anatomy |
US7267688B2 (en) | 2002-10-22 | 2007-09-11 | Ferree Bret A | Biaxial artificial disc replacement |
US7833246B2 (en) | 2002-10-29 | 2010-11-16 | Kyphon SÀRL | Interspinous process and sacrum implant and method |
US7682392B2 (en) | 2002-10-30 | 2010-03-23 | Depuy Spine, Inc. | Regenerative implants for stabilizing the spine and devices for attachment of said implants |
US20040093087A1 (en) | 2002-11-05 | 2004-05-13 | Ferree Bret A. | Fluid-filled artificial disc replacement (ADR) |
CN100518672C (en) | 2002-11-08 | 2009-07-29 | 维特林克股份有限公司 | Transpedicular intervertebral disk access method and device |
US6733533B1 (en) | 2002-11-19 | 2004-05-11 | Zimmer Technology, Inc. | Artificial spinal disc |
DE60321225D1 (en) | 2002-11-21 | 2008-07-03 | Hai H Trieu | SYSTEM FOR INTERVERTEBRAL STABILIZATION WITH THE HELP OF EXPANDABLE DEVICES |
WO2004047689A1 (en) | 2002-11-21 | 2004-06-10 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Systems and techniques for intravertebral spinal stablization with expandable devices |
US6974479B2 (en) | 2002-12-10 | 2005-12-13 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | System and method for blocking and/or retaining a prosthetic spinal implant |
US7004971B2 (en) | 2002-12-31 | 2006-02-28 | Depuy Acromed, Inc. | Annular nucleus pulposus replacement |
US20040143334A1 (en) | 2003-01-08 | 2004-07-22 | Ferree Bret A. | Artificial disc replacements (ADRS) with features to enhance longevity and prevent extrusion |
WO2004112584A2 (en) | 2003-06-20 | 2004-12-29 | Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. | Implant for intervertebral disc annular defect |
US20040260300A1 (en) | 2003-06-20 | 2004-12-23 | Bogomir Gorensek | Method of delivering an implant through an annular defect in an intervertebral disc |
-
2003
- 2003-03-18 US US10/390,970 patent/US6805695B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
2004
- 2004-09-17 US US10/943,525 patent/US7753941B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2007
- 2007-05-25 US US11/753,682 patent/US7905923B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2007-05-25 US US11/753,655 patent/US20070233257A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2007-05-25 US US11/753,664 patent/US20070225815A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2007-05-25 US US11/753,677 patent/US20070225816A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2011
- 2011-02-15 US US13/027,855 patent/US20110202137A1/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6835205B2 (en) * | 2000-04-04 | 2004-12-28 | Spinalabs, Llc | Devices and methods for the treatment of spinal disorders |
Cited By (102)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US8556977B2 (en) | 1999-10-20 | 2013-10-15 | Anulex Technologies, Inc. | Tissue anchoring system and method |
US9675347B2 (en) | 1999-10-20 | 2017-06-13 | Krt Investors, Inc. | Apparatus for the treatment of tissue |
US9114025B2 (en) | 1999-10-20 | 2015-08-25 | Krt Investors, Inc. | Methods and devices for spinal disc annulus reconstruction and repair |
US9095442B2 (en) | 1999-10-20 | 2015-08-04 | Krt Investors, Inc. | Method and apparatus for the treatment of the intervertebral disc annulus |
US8632590B2 (en) | 1999-10-20 | 2014-01-21 | Anulex Technologies, Inc. | Apparatus and methods for the treatment of the intervertebral disc |
US8128698B2 (en) | 1999-10-20 | 2012-03-06 | Anulex Technologies, Inc. | Method and apparatus for the treatment of the intervertebral disc annulus |
US20080033562A1 (en) * | 2004-10-15 | 2008-02-07 | Disc Motion Technologies, Inc. | Posteriorly inserted artificial disc and an artificial facet joint |
US8852235B2 (en) | 2004-10-15 | 2014-10-07 | Spinadyne, Inc. | Posteriorly inserted artificial disc and an artificial facet joint |
US20060089717A1 (en) * | 2004-10-15 | 2006-04-27 | Manoj Krishna | Spinal prosthesis and facet joint prosthesis |
US20060265074A1 (en) * | 2004-10-21 | 2006-11-23 | Manoj Krishna | Posterior spinal arthroplasty-development of a new posteriorly inserted artificial disc, a new anteriorly inserted artifical disc and an artificial facet joint |
US8673009B2 (en) | 2004-10-21 | 2014-03-18 | Spinadyne, Inc. | Spinal prosthesis and facet joint prosthesis |
US8673008B2 (en) | 2004-10-21 | 2014-03-18 | Spinadyne, Inc. | Posterior spinal arthroplasty system |
US8147518B2 (en) | 2006-06-08 | 2012-04-03 | Spinadyne, Inc. | Dynamic connector for spinal device |
US20070288094A1 (en) * | 2006-06-08 | 2007-12-13 | Manoj Krishna | System and method for lumbar arthroplasty |
US20080195154A1 (en) * | 2006-06-08 | 2008-08-14 | Disc Motion Technologies, Inc. | Dynamic spinal stabilization device |
US20080228227A1 (en) * | 2006-06-08 | 2008-09-18 | Disc Motion Technologies, Inc. | Dynamic connector for spinal device |
US7905906B2 (en) | 2006-06-08 | 2011-03-15 | Disc Motion Technologies, Inc. | System and method for lumbar arthroplasty |
US8858600B2 (en) | 2006-06-08 | 2014-10-14 | Spinadyne, Inc. | Dynamic spinal stabilization device |
US11432942B2 (en) | 2006-12-07 | 2022-09-06 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Intervertebral implant |
US11497618B2 (en) | 2006-12-07 | 2022-11-15 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Intervertebral implant |
US11642229B2 (en) | 2006-12-07 | 2023-05-09 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Intervertebral implant |
US11712345B2 (en) | 2006-12-07 | 2023-08-01 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Intervertebral implant |
US11660206B2 (en) | 2006-12-07 | 2023-05-30 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Intervertebral implant |
US11622868B2 (en) | 2007-06-26 | 2023-04-11 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Highly lordosed fusion cage |
US11737881B2 (en) | 2008-01-17 | 2023-08-29 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Expandable intervertebral implant and associated method of manufacturing the same |
US11701234B2 (en) | 2008-04-05 | 2023-07-18 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Expandable intervertebral implant |
US11707359B2 (en) | 2008-04-05 | 2023-07-25 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Expandable intervertebral implant |
US11712341B2 (en) | 2008-04-05 | 2023-08-01 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Expandable intervertebral implant |
US11617655B2 (en) | 2008-04-05 | 2023-04-04 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Expandable intervertebral implant |
US12011361B2 (en) | 2008-04-05 | 2024-06-18 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Expandable intervertebral implant |
US11602438B2 (en) | 2008-04-05 | 2023-03-14 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Expandable intervertebral implant |
US11712342B2 (en) | 2008-04-05 | 2023-08-01 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Expandable intervertebral implant |
US12023255B2 (en) | 2008-04-05 | 2024-07-02 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Expandable inter vertebral implant |
US9192372B2 (en) | 2008-10-14 | 2015-11-24 | Krt Investors, Inc. | Method for the treatment of tissue |
US8163022B2 (en) | 2008-10-14 | 2012-04-24 | Anulex Technologies, Inc. | Method and apparatus for the treatment of the intervertebral disc annulus |
US8454697B2 (en) | 2008-10-14 | 2013-06-04 | Anulex Technologies, Inc. | Method and apparatus for the treatment of tissue |
US11612491B2 (en) | 2009-03-30 | 2023-03-28 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Zero profile spinal fusion cage |
US12097124B2 (en) | 2009-03-30 | 2024-09-24 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Zero profile spinal fusion cage |
US9050194B2 (en) | 2009-05-06 | 2015-06-09 | Stryker Spine | Expandable spinal implant apparatus and method of use |
US9603715B2 (en) | 2009-05-06 | 2017-03-28 | Stryker European Holdings I, Llc | Expandable spinal implant apparatus and method of use |
US11464646B2 (en) | 2009-05-06 | 2022-10-11 | Stryker European Operations Holdings Llc | Expandable spinal implant apparatus and method of use |
US10413419B2 (en) | 2009-05-06 | 2019-09-17 | Stryker European Holdings I, Llc | Expandable spinal implant apparatus and method of use |
US20110022063A1 (en) * | 2009-07-22 | 2011-01-27 | Coloplast A/S | Suturing system and assembly |
US8545520B2 (en) | 2009-07-22 | 2013-10-01 | Coloplast A/S | Tissue suturing method |
US8282657B2 (en) | 2009-07-22 | 2012-10-09 | Coloplast A/S | Suturing system and assembly |
US10195049B2 (en) | 2009-11-05 | 2019-02-05 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Self-pivoting spinal implant and associated instrumentation |
US11712349B2 (en) | 2009-11-05 | 2023-08-01 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Self-pivoting spinal implant and associated instrumentation |
US9931224B2 (en) | 2009-11-05 | 2018-04-03 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Self-pivoting spinal implant and associated instrumentation |
US10792166B2 (en) | 2009-11-05 | 2020-10-06 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Self-pivoting spinal implant and associated instrumentation |
US9078761B2 (en) | 2009-11-12 | 2015-07-14 | Anchor Orthopedics Xt Inc. | Devices and methods for treating tissue defects |
US11607321B2 (en) | 2009-12-10 | 2023-03-21 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Bellows-like expandable interbody fusion cage |
US9795372B2 (en) | 2010-01-11 | 2017-10-24 | Krt Investors, Inc. | Intervertebral disc annulus repair system and bone anchor delivery tool |
US8460319B2 (en) | 2010-01-11 | 2013-06-11 | Anulex Technologies, Inc. | Intervertebral disc annulus repair system and method |
US8652153B2 (en) | 2010-01-11 | 2014-02-18 | Anulex Technologies, Inc. | Intervertebral disc annulus repair system and bone anchor delivery tool |
US20110196386A1 (en) * | 2010-02-08 | 2011-08-11 | Coloplast A/S | Digital suture fixation system |
US8257366B2 (en) | 2010-02-08 | 2012-09-04 | Coloplast A/S | Digital suture fixation system |
US20110196389A1 (en) * | 2010-02-09 | 2011-08-11 | Coloplast A/S | Digital suture fixation system |
US9592063B2 (en) | 2010-06-24 | 2017-03-14 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Universal trial for lateral cages |
US9763678B2 (en) | 2010-06-24 | 2017-09-19 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Multi-segment lateral cage adapted to flex substantially in the coronal plane |
US10588754B2 (en) | 2010-06-24 | 2020-03-17 | DePuy Snythes Products, Inc. | Lateral spondylolisthesis reduction cage and instruments and methods for non-parallel disc space preparation |
US9282979B2 (en) | 2010-06-24 | 2016-03-15 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Instruments and methods for non-parallel disc space preparation |
US8845733B2 (en) | 2010-06-24 | 2014-09-30 | DePuy Synthes Products, LLC | Lateral spondylolisthesis reduction cage |
US9801639B2 (en) | 2010-06-24 | 2017-10-31 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Lateral spondylolisthesis reduction cage |
US9907560B2 (en) | 2010-06-24 | 2018-03-06 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Flexible vertebral body shavers |
US10646350B2 (en) | 2010-06-24 | 2020-05-12 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Multi-segment lateral cages adapted to flex substantially in the coronal plane |
US10449057B2 (en) | 2010-06-24 | 2019-10-22 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Lateral spondylolisthesis reduction cage |
US11911287B2 (en) | 2010-06-24 | 2024-02-27 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Lateral spondylolisthesis reduction cage |
US9801640B2 (en) | 2010-06-24 | 2017-10-31 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Lateral spondylolisthesis reduction cage |
US10405989B2 (en) | 2010-06-24 | 2019-09-10 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Lateral spondylolisthesis reduction cage |
US11872139B2 (en) | 2010-06-24 | 2024-01-16 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Enhanced cage insertion assembly |
US11654033B2 (en) | 2010-06-29 | 2023-05-23 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Distractible intervertebral implant |
US11452607B2 (en) | 2010-10-11 | 2022-09-27 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Expandable interspinous process spacer implant |
US11369490B2 (en) | 2011-03-22 | 2022-06-28 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Universal trial for lateral cages |
US8992550B2 (en) | 2011-07-20 | 2015-03-31 | Coloplast A/S | Suture system with capsule eyelet providing multiple suture tissue fixation |
US8623033B2 (en) | 2011-07-20 | 2014-01-07 | Coloplast A/S | Suture system with capsule eyelet providing multiple suture tissue fixation |
US9226764B2 (en) | 2012-03-06 | 2016-01-05 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Conformable soft tissue removal instruments |
US10022245B2 (en) | 2012-12-17 | 2018-07-17 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Polyaxial articulating instrument |
US11471199B2 (en) | 2013-01-28 | 2022-10-18 | Cartiva, Inc. | Systems and methods for orthopedic repair |
US9737294B2 (en) | 2013-01-28 | 2017-08-22 | Cartiva, Inc. | Method and system for orthopedic repair |
US10179012B2 (en) | 2013-01-28 | 2019-01-15 | Cartiva, Inc. | Systems and methods for orthopedic repair |
USRE49973E1 (en) | 2013-02-28 | 2024-05-21 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Expandable intervertebral implant, system, kit and method |
US11497619B2 (en) | 2013-03-07 | 2022-11-15 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Intervertebral implant |
US11850164B2 (en) | 2013-03-07 | 2023-12-26 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Intervertebral implant |
US11679235B2 (en) | 2013-03-13 | 2023-06-20 | W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Deconstructable endoluminal devices and related systems and methods |
US9539411B2 (en) * | 2013-03-13 | 2017-01-10 | W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Deconstructable endoluminal devices and related systems and methods |
US20140276599A1 (en) * | 2013-03-13 | 2014-09-18 | W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Deconstructable endoluminal devices and related systems and methods |
US10806892B2 (en) | 2013-03-13 | 2020-10-20 | W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Deconstructable endoluminal devices and related systems and methods |
US11426290B2 (en) | 2015-03-06 | 2022-08-30 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Expandable intervertebral implant, system, kit and method |
US11596522B2 (en) | 2016-06-28 | 2023-03-07 | Eit Emerging Implant Technologies Gmbh | Expandable and angularly adjustable intervertebral cages with articulating joint |
US11596523B2 (en) | 2016-06-28 | 2023-03-07 | Eit Emerging Implant Technologies Gmbh | Expandable and angularly adjustable articulating intervertebral cages |
US11510788B2 (en) | 2016-06-28 | 2022-11-29 | Eit Emerging Implant Technologies Gmbh | Expandable, angularly adjustable intervertebral cages |
US11446155B2 (en) | 2017-05-08 | 2022-09-20 | Medos International Sarl | Expandable cage |
US11344424B2 (en) | 2017-06-14 | 2022-05-31 | Medos International Sarl | Expandable intervertebral implant and related methods |
US10966843B2 (en) | 2017-07-18 | 2021-04-06 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Implant inserters and related methods |
US11045331B2 (en) | 2017-08-14 | 2021-06-29 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Intervertebral implant inserters and related methods |
US11690734B2 (en) | 2017-08-14 | 2023-07-04 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Intervertebral implant inserters and related methods |
US11446156B2 (en) | 2018-10-25 | 2022-09-20 | Medos International Sarl | Expandable intervertebral implant, inserter instrument, and related methods |
US11806245B2 (en) | 2020-03-06 | 2023-11-07 | Eit Emerging Implant Technologies Gmbh | Expandable intervertebral implant |
US11850160B2 (en) | 2021-03-26 | 2023-12-26 | Medos International Sarl | Expandable lordotic intervertebral fusion cage |
US12023258B2 (en) | 2021-04-06 | 2024-07-02 | Medos International Sarl | Expandable intervertebral fusion cage |
US11752009B2 (en) | 2021-04-06 | 2023-09-12 | Medos International Sarl | Expandable intervertebral fusion cage |
US12090064B2 (en) | 2022-03-01 | 2024-09-17 | Medos International Sarl | Stabilization members for expandable intervertebral implants, and related systems and methods |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US20070225816A1 (en) | 2007-09-27 |
US20050049592A1 (en) | 2005-03-03 |
US20070239280A1 (en) | 2007-10-11 |
US20030187445A1 (en) | 2003-10-02 |
US7753941B2 (en) | 2010-07-13 |
US7905923B2 (en) | 2011-03-15 |
US20110202137A1 (en) | 2011-08-18 |
US20070233257A1 (en) | 2007-10-04 |
US6805695B2 (en) | 2004-10-19 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US7905923B2 (en) | Devices and methods for annular repair of intervertebral discs | |
US6689125B1 (en) | Devices and methods for the treatment of spinal disorders | |
US6579291B1 (en) | Devices and methods for the treatment of spinal disorders | |
JP4944111B2 (en) | Spinal distractor | |
US20080255664A1 (en) | Percutaneously deliverable orthopedic joint device | |
US6127597A (en) | Systems for percutaneous bone and spinal stabilization, fixation and repair | |
US9326866B2 (en) | Devices for treating the spine | |
JP6073666B2 (en) | Vertebral facet prosthesis and its fixation method | |
US8795367B2 (en) | Minimally invasive apparatus to manipulate and revitalize spinal column disc | |
AU2001243264B2 (en) | Apparatus and method for accessing and performing a function within an intervertebral disc | |
JP4292360B2 (en) | Device for forming a shaped axial hole through the spine | |
JP2004528132A (en) | Intervertebral disc device using loop probe | |
US20070168043A1 (en) | Percutaneous cervical disc reconstruction | |
JP2004528927A (en) | Intervertebral disc device using flexible probe | |
JP2004529721A (en) | Intervertebral disc device using a curved sheath | |
US20050143826A1 (en) | Disk repair structures with anchors | |
JP2004528133A (en) | Electromagnetic energy supply disc treatment device | |
US20080234827A1 (en) | Devices for treating the spine | |
US20060271197A1 (en) | Spinal disc annulus augmentation | |
CN107320173B (en) | Vertebral body expansion shaping systems and methods | |
US11737885B1 (en) | Inflatable spinal implants and related systems and methods | |
WO2004011092A1 (en) | Method and device to treat back pain |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |